>> Operator's Manual · >> Operator's Manual smart fortwo smart fortwo Operator's Manual É4 ......

>> Operator's Manualsmart fortwo

smartfortwo

Operator'sManual

É4535841703SËÍ

4535841703

Order

no.6522

0156

13Partno.4535841703

EditionA-2016

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand

Publication details

Internet

Further information about smart vehicles andabout Daimler AG can be found on the follow-ing websites:http://www.smart.comhttp://www.daimler.com

Editorial office

©Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translatedor otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part,without written permission from Daimler AG.

Vehicle manufacturer

Daimler AGMercedesstraße 13770327 StuttgartGermany

SymbolsIn this Operator's Manual you will find thefollowing symbols:

G WARNING

Warning notes make you aware of dangerswhich could pose a threat to your health orlife, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note

Environmental notes provide you withinformation on environmentally awareactions or disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you todangers that could lead to damage to yourvehicle.

i Practical tips or further information thatcould be helpful to you.

X This symbol indicates an instructionthat must be followed.

X Several of these symbols in succes-sion indicate an instruction withseveral steps.

(Ypage)

This symbol tells you where you canfind more information about a topic.

YY This symbol indicates a warning or aninstruction that is continued on thenext page.

Dis‐play This text indicates a message on themultifunction display.

As at 28.05.2015

Let the fun begin!We urge you to read it carefully and famili-arize yourself with the vehicle before driv-ing. For your own safety and a longer vehiclelife, follow the instructions and warningnotices in this manual. Ignoring them couldresult in damage to the vehicle or personalinjury to you or others.The equipment or product designation of yourvehicle may vary depending on:

RModelROrderRCountry specificationRAvailabilityThe illustrations in this manual show a left-hand-drive vehicle. On right-hand-drivevehicles, the layout of components and con-trols differs accordingly.smart is constantly updating its vehicles tothe state of the art.smart therefore reserves the right to intro-duce changes in the following areas:

RDesignREquipmentRTechnical featuresThe equipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptionsand illustrations.The following are integral components of thevehicle:

ROperator's ManualRMaintenance BookletREquipment-dependent supplementsKeep printed copies of the documents in thevehicle at all times. If you sell the vehicle,always pass the documents on to the new owner.

4535841703 É4535841703SËÍ

Symbols ..................................... 0

Publication details ..................... 0Internet ..................................... 0Editorial office .......................... 0Vehicle manufacturer ................... 0

Let the fun begin! ............................ 1

Index ............................................ 4

Introduction ................................. 17Protection of the environment ........... 17Genuine smart parts ........................ 17Operator's Manual .......................... 18Service and vehicle operation .......... 18Operating safety ............................ 19QR codes for rescue card .................. 21Data stored in the vehicle ................ 21Information on copyright ................. 23

At a glance ................................... 24Dashboard .................................... 24Instrument cluster ......................... 25Multifunction steering wheel ........... 27Center console ............................... 28Overhead control panel ................... 29Door control panel ......................... 30

Safety .......................................... 31Panic alarm ................................... 31Occupant safety ............................. 31Children in the vehicle ................... 44Pets in the vehicle ......................... 48Protection against theft .................. 48Driving safety systems .................... 49

Opening and closing ....................... 53SmartKey ...................................... 53Doors ........................................... 56Cargo compartment ......................... 58Side windows ................................ 59

Operating the roller sunblind forthe panoramic roof ......................... 61

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ..... 62Correcting the driver's seat posi-tion ............................................ 62Seats ........................................... 62Steering wheel .............................. 66Mirrors ........................................ 66

Lights and windshield wipers ........... 68Exterior lighting ........................... 68Interior lighting ........................... 70Replacing bulbs ............................. 71Windshield wipers .......................... 75

Climate control ............................. 79Overview of climate control systems ... 79Operating the climate control sys-tems ............................................ 80Setting the air vents ....................... 83

Driving and parking ....................... 85Breaking-in notes .......................... 85Driving ........................................ 85Manual transmission ....................... 89Automatic transmission ................... 90Refueling ..................................... 95Parking ........................................ 97Driving tips ................................. 99Driving systems ............................ 103

On-board computer and displays ...... 106Important safety notes ................... 106Displays and operation .................. 106Menus and sub menus ...................... 108Display messages .......................... 114Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster ........................ 127

Stowage and features ..................... 138Stowage areas ............................... 138Features ..................................... 142

2 Contents

Maintenance and care .................... 145Checking service products .............. 145Maintenance ................................ 149Care ........................................... 150

Breakdown assistance .................... 156Where will I find...? ...................... 156Flat tire ..................................... 156Battery (vehicle) .......................... 159Jump-starting .............................. 162Towing and tow-starting ................. 165Fuses .......................................... 168

Wheels and tires ........................... 171Important safety notes .................... 171Operation .................................... 171Winter operation .......................... 172Tire pressure ............................... 174Loading the vehicle ....................... 179All about wheels and tires .............. 182Changing a wheel .......................... 189Wheel and tire combinations ........... 193

Technical data ............................. 197Information regarding technicaldata ........................................... 197Vehicle electronics ....................... 197Identification plates .................... 198Service products and fillingcapacities .................................. 199Vehicle data ................................ 204

Contents 3

1, 2, 3 ...

12 V socketsee Sockets

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)Display message ....................... 117Function/notes ......................... 49Important safety notes ................ 49Warning lamp .......................... 130

Activating/deactivating coolingwith air dehumidification ............... 80Additives (engine oil) ................... 202Air bags

Deployment .............................. 42Front air bag (driver, frontpassenger) ............................... 37Important safety notes ................ 36Introduction ............................ 35Knee bag .................................. 37Occupant Classification System(OCS) ...................................... 38PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ...................................... 32Window curtain air bag ............... 38

Air pressuresee Tire pressure

Air ventsImportant safety notes ................ 83Setting .................................... 83Setting the center air vents ......... 83Setting the side air vents ........... 84

Air-conditioning systemsee Climate control

AirbagThorax/pelvisbag ...................... 37Warning lamp .......................... 128

AlarmAnti-theft alarm system .............. 48Switching off ........................... 48Switching the function on/off ...... 48

Ambient lightingSetting the brightness ............... 113Switching on/off ...................... 113

Animalssee Pets in the vehicle

Anti-lock Braking Systemsee ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

Anti-skid chainssee Snow chains

Anti-theft alarm systemFunction .................................. 48Switching off the alarm .............. 48Switching on/off ....................... 48

Ashtray ....................................... 143Assistance system

see Driving systemsAuthorized workshop

see Qualified specialist workshopAutomatic car wash (care) ............... 151Automatic headlamp mode ................ 68Automatic transmission

Accelerator pedal position .......... 91Changing gear ........................... 91Display message (color display) .. 124Drive program .......................... 92Drive program display ................ 90Driving tips ............................. 91Emergency running mode ............. 95Gearshift paddles ...................... 94Kickdown ................................. 92Malfunction (on-board computerwith color display) ................... 124Manual shifting ........................ 92Manually releasing the selectorlever lock ................................ 95Overview ................................. 90Problem (malfunction) ................ 95Program selector button .............. 92Pulling away ............................. 87Selector lever .......................... 90Starting the engine .................... 87Transmission position display ..... 90Transmission positions .............. 91

Automatic transmission emergencymode ........................................... 95

B

Backup lampChanging bulbs ......................... 74

Battery (SmartKey)Important safety notes ................ 54Replacing ................................ 54

4 Index

Battery (vehicle)Charging ................................ 161Display message ...................... 120Important safety notes ............... 159Jump starting .......................... 162Warning and indicator lamps ...... 133

Beltsee Seat belts

Blowersee Climate control

Brake fluidDisplay message ....................... 116Notes ..................................... 203

Brake force distributionsee EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Brake lampsChanging bulbs ......................... 74Display message ...................... 124

Brake lightsDisplay message (color display) .. 124

BrakesABS ........................................ 49Brake fluid (notes) ................... 203EBD ........................................ 52Important safety notes ............... 100Maintenance ............................ 101Parking brake ........................... 98Riding tips ............................. 100Warning lamp .......................... 128

Breakdownsee Flat tiresee Towing away/tow-starting

Bulbssee Replacing bulbs

C

Calling up a malfunctionsee Display messages

Carsee Vehicle

Car keysee SmartKey

Car washsee Care

CareCar wash ................................. 151

Carpets .................................. 155Display .................................. 154Exhaust pipe ........................... 154Exterior lights ........................ 153Gear or selector lever ............... 155General notes .......................... 150Interior ................................. 154Matte finish ............................ 152Paint ..................................... 152Panoramic roof ........................ 152Plastic trim ............................ 154Power washer ........................... 151Roof lining ............................. 155Seat belt ................................ 155Seat cover ............................... 155Sensors .................................. 154Steering wheel ......................... 155Washing by hand ....................... 151Wheels ................................... 153Windows ................................. 153Wiper blades ........................... 153

Center console .............................. 28Central locking

Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ...... 53Changing bulbs

Brake lamps .............................. 74Front fog lamp .......................... 73High-beam headlamps ................. 73Low-beam headlamps .................. 73Rear fog lamp ........................... 74Reversing lamps ........................ 74Tail lamps ............................... 74Turn signals (front) ................... 72Turn signals (rear) .................... 74

Child seatForward-facing restraint sys-tem ......................................... 47On the front-passenger seat ......... 47Rearward-facing restraint sys-tem ......................................... 47Top Tether ............................... 46

ChildrenRestraint systems ...................... 45Special seat belt retractor .......... 45

Cleaningsee Care

Climate controlAutomatic climate control ........... 79

Index 5

Controlling automatically ........... 80Cooling with air dehumidifica-tion ........................................ 80Defrosting the windows ............... 82Defrosting the windshield ........... 81General notes ........................... 79Notes on using the automaticclimate control ......................... 80Overview of systems ................... 79Problem with the rear windowdefroster ................................. 82Refrigerant ............................ 204Setting the air distribution ........ 81Setting the air vents .................. 83Setting the airflow .................... 81Setting the temperature .............. 81Switching air-recirculationmode on/off .............................. 82Switching on/off ....................... 80Switching the rear windowdefroster on/off ........................ 82

CockpitOverview ................................. 24

Constant headlamp modesee Daytime running lamps

Consumption statistics (on-boardcomputer) .................................... 109Controlling speed

see Cruise controlCoolant

Battery cooling system .............. 148Checking the level .................... 149Drive system cooling system ....... 148General notes .......................... 203Important safety notes ............... 148Setting the temperature unit ...... 113Temperature display ................. 109Topping up ............................. 149Warning lamp .......................... 134

Coolant (engine)Display message ....................... 121

Coolingsee Climate control

Copyright ..................................... 23Cover (front)

see Service coverCrosswind Assist ............................ 52

Cruise controlActivating .............................. 103Buttons .................................. 103Calling up the speed last stored .. 104Canceling cruise control ........... 104Deactivating ........................... 104Display message (color display) .. 122Driving systems ....................... 103Function/notes ........................ 103General notes .......................... 103Important safety notes ............... 103Increasing/decreasing thespeed .................................... 104Storing and maintaining cur-rent speed .............................. 103

Cup holderCenter console ......................... 142Center console in the rear com-partment ................................ 142Important safety notes ............... 142

Cup holdersee Cup holder

Customer Assistance Center (CAC) ...... 21Customer Relations Department ......... 21

D

DashboardAdditional instruments ............. 107

Dashboardsee Cockpit

Dashboard clock ........................... 107Data

see Technical dataDaytime running lamps

Function/notes .......................... 68Dealership

see Qualified specialist workshopDeclarations of conformity .............. 20Diagnostics connection ................... 20Digital speedometer

Display .................................. 106Setting the display ................... 112

DisplayColor ..................................... 108Menu (on-board computer with acolor display) .......................... 111

Display (cleaning instructions) ....... 154

6 Index

Display messageCalling up (message memory) ...... 110Color display .......................... 114Language setting ...................... 113Service display ....................... 149

Display messagesCalling up (on-board computer) ... 110Driving systems ....................... 122Engine ................................... 120General notes (on-board com-puter with a color display) ......... 114Hiding ................................... 114Lights .................................... 124Safety systems ......................... 115SmartKey ................................ 126Tires ..................................... 122Vehicle .................................. 124

Distance recorder ......................... 109Distance warning function

Function/notes ......................... 50Warning lamp (red) ................... 132Warning lamp (yellow) ............... 131

DoorWarning lamp ........................... 137

DoorsAutomatic locking (switch) .......... 57Central locking/unlocking(SmartKey) ............................... 53Control panel ........................... 30Display message ...................... 124Emergency locking ..................... 57Emergency unlocking .................. 57Important safety notes ................ 56Opening (from inside) ................ 56

Drinking and driving ..................... 100Drive program

Automatic transmission .............. 92Display ................................... 90

Driver's doorsee Doors

Driver's seatsee Seats

Driving abroadsmart service .......................... 150

Driving on flooded roads ................ 102Driving safety systems

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .... 49Distance warning function .......... 50

EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution) ........................... 52ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-gram) ...................................... 51ETS (Electronic Traction Sys-tem) ........................................ 51Important safety information ....... 49Overview ................................. 49

Driving systemParking aid ............................ 104

Driving systemsCruise control ......................... 103Display message ....................... 122

Driving tipsAutomatic transmission .............. 91Brakes ................................... 100Break-in period ........................ 85Downhill gradient .................... 100Drinking and driving ................ 100Driving in winter ..................... 102Driving on flooded roads ........... 102Driving on wet roads ................. 102Exhaust check .......................... 100Fuel ...................................... 100General ................................... 99Hydroplaning .......................... 102Icy road surfaces ..................... 102Limited braking efficiency onsalted roads ............................ 101Snow chains ............................. 173Subjecting brakes to a load ........ 100Wet road surface ....................... 101

E

EBD (electronic brake force distri-bution)

Display message ....................... 116Function/notes ......................... 52

EBD (Electronic Brake-force Dis-tribution)

Indicator lamp ........................ 129Electronic Brake-force Distribu-tion

see EBD (electronic brake forcedistribution)

Electronic Traction Systemsee ETS (Electronic Traction System)

Index 7

Emergency releaseDriver's door ............................ 57Vehicle ................................... 57

Emergency Tensioning DevicesActivation ............................... 42

Emissions controlService and warranty informa-tion ........................................ 18

EngineCheck Engine warning lamp ........ 132Display message ...................... 120Engine number ......................... 199Irregular running ...................... 88Jump-starting ......................... 162Starting problems ..................... 88Starting the engine with theSmartKey ................................. 87Switching off ............................ 98Tow-starting (vehicle) .............. 167

Engine compartment cover .............. 145Engine electronics

Problem (malfunction) ................ 88Engine oil

Adding ................................... 146Additives ............................... 202Checking the oil level ............... 146Display message ...................... 120Filling capacity ...................... 202Notes about oil grades .............. 202Notes on oil level/consumption ... 145Viscosity ............................... 202Warning lamp .......................... 134

Engine oil additivessee Additives (engine oil)

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)Characteristics ......................... 51Crosswind Assist ....................... 52Display message ....................... 117ETS ......................................... 51Function/notes .......................... 51General notes ............................ 51Important safety information ....... 51Warning and indicator lamps ...... 130

ETS (Electronic Traction System) ....... 51Exhaust check .............................. 100Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc-tions) ......................................... 154

Exterior lightingCleaning ................................ 153Setting options ......................... 68

Exterior mirrorsAdjusting (electrically) .............. 67Adjusting (manually) .................. 67Out of position (troubleshoot-ing) ........................................ 67

F

Filler capsee Refueling

Filling capacities (Technical data) .. 199Flat tire

Preparing the vehicle ............... 156TIREFIT kit ............................. 156

Floormats .................................... 144Fog lamps

Switching on/off ....................... 69Frequencies

Mobile phone ........................... 197Two-way radio ......................... 197

Front coversee Service cover

Front fog lampsChanging bulbs ......................... 73Switching on/off ....................... 69

Front-passenger seatFolding down ............................ 64

Frontal area coversee Service cover

FuelAdditives ............................... 201Consumption information ........... 201Displaying the current con-sumption ................................ 109Driving tips ........................... 100Fuel gauge .............................. 107Grade (gasoline) ...................... 200Important safety notes .............. 200Problem (malfunction) ................ 97Refueling ................................ 95Tank content/reserve fuel .......... 200

Fuel filler flapOpening .................................. 96

Fuel tankCapacity ................................ 200

8 Index

Problem (malfunction) ................ 97Fuses

Allocation .............................. 169Before changing ....................... 168Dashboard fuse box ................... 168Important safety notes ............... 168

Fusessee Fuses

G

Gasoline ..................................... 200Gear or selector lever (cleaningguidelines) ................................. 155Genuine parts ................................ 17Glove box .................................... 139

H

Handbrakesee Parking brake

Hands-free systemsee Mobile phone

Hazard warning lamps ...................... 70Headlamps

Fogging up ............................... 70see Automatic headlamp mode

Heatingsee Climate control

High beam flasher .......................... 70High-beam headlamps

Changing bulbs ......................... 73Switching on/off ....................... 69

Hill start assist ............................. 87Hydroplaning ............................... 102

I

Ignition keysee SmartKey

Ignition locksee Key positions

Immobilizer ................................. 48Indicator lamps

see Warning and indicator lampsInstrument cluster

Overview ................................. 25Warning and indicator lamps ....... 26

Instrument cluster lightingAdjusting ................................ 111Notes ..................................... 106

Instrument lightingsee Instrument cluster lighting

Interior lighting ........................... 70Automatic control ...................... 70Overview ................................. 70Reading lamp ............................ 70Replacing bulbs ........................ 75Setting the ambient lighting ...... 113Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-boardcomputer) ............................... 113

Intermittent wiping ........................ 76

J

JackUsing .................................... 190

Jump start (engine)see Jump starting (engine)

Jump starting (engine) ................... 162

K

KeyDisplay message ....................... 126

KickdownDriving tips ............................. 92Manual gearshifting .................. 94

Knee bag ....................................... 37

L

Lampssee Warning and indicator lamps

Language (on-board computer) ......... 113License plate lighting

Replacing ................................ 74Light sensor (display message) ........ 126Lighting

Setting the ambient lighting ...... 113Lights

Automatic headlamp mode ............ 68Display message ...................... 124Fog lamps ................................ 69Hazard warning lamps ................. 70High beam flasher ...................... 70

Index 9

High-beam headlamps ................. 69Light switch ............................. 68Low-beam headlamps .................. 68Parking lamps ........................... 69Rear fog lamp ........................... 69Setting the brightness of theambient lighting (on-boardcomputer) ............................... 113Turn signals ............................. 69see Interior lightingsee Replacing bulbs

Loading guidelines ....................... 138Locking

see Central lockingLocking (doors)

Automatic ................................ 57Emergency locking ..................... 57From inside (central lockingbutton) .................................... 56

Locking centrallysee Central locking

Loudspeakersee Subwoofer

Low-beam headlampsChanging bulbs ......................... 73Switching on/off ....................... 68

Lubricant additivessee Additives (engine oil)

M

M+S tires (winter tires) ................. 173Malfunction message

see Display messagesManual transmission

Engaging reverse gear ................ 89Gear lever ................................ 89Malfunction (on-board computerwith a color display) ................. 126Pulling away ............................. 87Shift recommendation ................ 89Shifting to neutral .................... 89Starting the engine .................... 87

Manually releasing the selectorlever lock (automatic transmission) .. 95Matte finish (cleaning instruc-tions) ......................................... 152Message memory (color display) ....... 110

Message memory (on-board com-puter) ......................................... 110Messages

see Display messagesMirrors

see Exterior mirrorssee Rear-view mirror

Mobile phoneFrequencies ............................ 197Installation ............................ 197Transmission output (maximum) ... 197

Model seriessee Vehicle identification plate

Mounting wheelsLowering the vehicle ................ 193Mounting a new wheel ................ 192Preparing the vehicle ............... 190Raising the vehicle .................. 190Removing a wheel ..................... 192Securing the vehicle againstrolling away ............................ 190

Multi-functional seatsee Seats

Multifunction steering wheelOverview ................................. 27

N

Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle ... 85

O

Occupant Classification System(OCS)

Conditions ............................... 38Faults ..................................... 41Operation ................................ 39System self-test ........................ 40

Occupant safetyChildren in the vehicle .............. 44Important safety notes ................ 31Introduction to the restraintsystem ..................................... 31Occupant Classification System(OCS) ...................................... 38PASSENGER AIR BAG indicatorlamps ...................................... 32Pets in the vehicle .................... 48Restraint system warning lamp ..... 31

10 Index

Seat belt ................................. 32OCS

Conditions ............................... 38Faults ..................................... 41Operation ................................ 39System self-test ........................ 40

Odometer .................................... 109Oil

see Engine oilOn-board computer

Displaying a service message ..... 150Important safety notes ............... 106Menu overview ......................... 108Message memory ....................... 110Messages menu ......................... 110Operating (color display) .......... 107Operation ............................... 107Selecting the language .............. 113Service menu ........................... 110Settings menu .......................... 110Submenu display ....................... 111

On-board diagnostic interfacesee Diagnostics connection

Operating safetyDeclaration of conformity ........... 20Important safety notes ................ 19

Operating systemsee On-board computer

Operator's ManualVehicle equipment ..................... 18

Outside temperature displayNotes ..................................... 106Setting the units ...................... 113

Overhead control panel ................... 29Overrevving range ......................... 107

P

Paint code number ......................... 198Paintwork (cleaning instructions) .... 152Panic alarm .................................. 31Panoramic roof

Cleaning ................................ 152Operating the roller sunblind ...... 61

Park brakesee Parking brake

Parking ........................................ 97Important safety notes ................ 97

Parking brake ........................... 98Switching off the engine ............. 98

Parking brakeDisplay message ....................... 115Notes/function .......................... 98Warning lamp .......................... 128

Parking lampsSwitching on and off .................. 69

PASSENGER AIR BAGIndicator lamps ........................ 32

Pets in the vehicle ......................... 48Plastic trim (cleaning instruc-tions) ......................................... 154Power washers .............................. 151Power windows

see Side windowsProgram selector button .................. 92Protection against theft

Anti-theft alarm system .............. 48Immobilizer ............................. 48

Protection of the environmentGeneral notes ............................ 17

Pulling awayAutomatic transmission .............. 87General notes ........................... 87Manual transmission .................. 87

Q

QR codeRescue card .............................. 21

Qualified specialist workshop .......... 21

R

Radio-wave reception/transmis-sion in the vehicle

Declaration of conformity ........... 20Rain and light sensor (display mes-sage) .......................................... 126Reading lamp ................................ 70Rear fog lamp

Changing bulbs ......................... 74Switching on/off ....................... 69

Rear lampsChanging bulbs ......................... 74

Rear parking aidActivating/deactivating ............ 105

Index 11

Function/notes ........................ 104Rear window defroster

Problem (malfunction) ................ 82Switching on/off ....................... 82

Rear window wiperReplacing the wiper blade ........... 77Switching on/off ....................... 76

Rear-view mirrorAnti-glare (manual) ................... 66

Recyclingsee Protection of the environment

Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-tem)

Important safety notes .............. 204Refueling

Fuel gauge .............................. 107Important safety notes ................ 95Refueling process ..................... 96see Fuel

Replacing bulbsImportant safety notes ................ 71Interior lighting ...................... 75Overview of bulb types ................ 71Removing/replacing the cover(front wheel arch) ...................... 72Side turn signal lamps ............... 73

Rescue card ................................... 21Reserve (fuel tank)

see FuelReserve fuel

Display message ....................... 121see Fuel

Restraint systemDisplay message ....................... 115Introduction ............................. 31Warning lamp .......................... 128Warning lamp (function) .............. 31

Reverse gearEngaging (manual transmission) ... 89

Reversing featureSide windows ............................ 59

Roadside Assistance (breakdown) ....... 18Roller sunblind for the panoramaroof

Operating ................................ 61Roof

see Panoramic roof

Roof lining and carpets (cleaningguidelines) ................................. 155

S

SafetyChild restraint systems .............. 45Children in the vehicle .............. 44see Operating safety

Safety systemsee Driving safety systems

SeatFolding the front-passengerseat down ................................. 64

Seat beltsCleaning ................................ 155Correct usage ........................... 34Fastening ................................ 34Important safety guidelines ........ 33Introduction ............................ 32Releasing ................................ 35Warning lamp ........................... 127Warning lamp (function) .............. 35

SeatsAdjusting (manually) .................. 63Cleaning the cover ................... 155Correct driver's seat position ..... 62Important safety notes ................ 62Seat heating problem ................. 65Switching seat heating on/off ...... 65

Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 154Service Center

see Qualified specialist workshopService cover ............................... 147Service display

Calling up (on-board computerwith a color display) ................. 110Displaying a service message ..... 150Hiding a service message .......... 150Notes ..................................... 149Resetting ............................... 150Service message ....................... 149Special service requirements ..... 150

Service productsBrake fluid ............................. 203Coolant (engine) ...................... 203Engine oil .............................. 202Fuel ...................................... 200

12 Index

Important safety notes ............... 199Refrigerant (air-conditioningsystem) .................................. 204Washer fluid ........................... 203

Setting a speedsee Cruise control

Setting the air distribution ............. 81Setting the airflow ......................... 81Shifting to neutral (manual trans-mission) ...................................... 89Side turn signal lamps

Replacing bulbs ........................ 73Side windows

Cleaning ................................ 153Important safety information ....... 59Opening/closing ....................... 60Problem (malfunction) ................ 61Resetting ................................ 60

smart centersee Qualified specialist workshop

SmartKeyChanging the battery .................. 54Door central locking/unlocking .... 53Important safety notes ................ 53Loss ........................................ 55Positions (ignition lock) ............ 86Problem (malfunction) ................ 55Starting the engine .................... 87

SmartKey positions (ignition lock) .... 86Snow chains ................................. 173Sockets

Center console ......................... 143General notes .......................... 143

Speakerssee Subwoofer

Special seat belt retractor .............. 45Specialist workshop ....................... 21Speedometer

Digital .................................. 106In the Instrument cluster ........... 106

SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem)

see Restraint systemStarting (engine) ........................... 86Starting the engine

see Starting (engine)

SteeringDisplay message (color display) .. 124Warning lamps ......................... 137

Steering wheelAdjusting (manually) .................. 66Button overview ........................ 27Cleaning ................................ 155Important safety notes ................ 66Paddle shifters ......................... 94

Stowage areas ............................... 138Stowage compartment

Door stowage compartment .......... 139Stowage compartment in the tail-gate ........................................... 139Stowage compartments

Center console ......................... 139Cup holders ............................. 142Glove box ................................ 139Important safety information ...... 138

Stowage spaceStowage compartment in thetailgate ................................. 139

SubmenuAmbient lighting ..................... 113

SubwooferFitting/removing ..................... 141

Summer tiresIn winter ................................ 173

Sun visor .................................... 143Switching air-recirculation modeon/off .......................................... 82

T

Tachometer .................................. 107Tailgate

Important safety notes ................ 58Opening dimensions ................. 204Opening/closing ....................... 58Warning lamp ........................... 137

Tanksee Fuel tank

Tank contentFuel gauge .............................. 107

Technical dataCapacities .............................. 199Information ............................ 197Tires/wheels ........................... 193

Index 13

Vehicle data ........................... 204Temperature

Coolant .................................. 109Outside temperature ................. 106Setting (climate control) ............ 81Setting the display units ........... 113

Thorax/pelvisbag ........................... 37Time

Setting ................................... 111Setting (dashboard clock) .......... 107Setting the time format (on-board computer with a colordisplay) .................................. 111

Tire pressureChecking manually .................... 177Display message ....................... 122Important safety notes ............... 177Maximum ................................ 176Not reached (TIREFIT) ................ 158Notes ..................................... 175Reached (TIREFIT) ..................... 158Recommended .......................... 174

Tire pressure monitorFunction/notes ......................... 177General notes .......................... 177Important safety notes ............... 177Restarting (on-board computerwith color display) ................... 179Warning lamp .......................... 135Warning message ...................... 178

TIREFIT kit .................................. 156Tires

Aspect ratio (definition) ........... 188Average weight of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .............. 187Bar (definition) ....................... 187Changing a wheel ...................... 189Characteristics ....................... 187Checking ................................ 171Curb weight (definition) ............ 188Definition of terms .................. 187Direction of rotation ................ 190Display message ....................... 122Distribution of the vehicleoccupants (definition) .............. 189DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) (definition) ..................... 187

DOT, Tire Identification Num-ber (TIN) ................................ 186GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)(definition) ............................ 188General notes .......................... 193GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)(definition) ............................ 188GVWR (Gross VehicleWeight Rat-ing) (definition) ...................... 188Important safety notes ............... 171Increased vehicle weight due tooptional equipment (defini-tion) ...................................... 187Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ...... 188Labeling (overview) .................. 184Load bearing index (definition) .. 189Load index .............................. 186Load index (definition) ............. 188M+S tires (winter tires) ............. 173Maximum load on a tire (defini-tion) ...................................... 188Maximum loaded vehicle weight(definition) ............................ 188Maximum permissible tirepressure (definition) ................ 188Maximum tire load .................... 186Maximum tire load (definition) ... 188Optional equipment weight(definition) ............................ 189PSI (pounds per square inch)(definition) ............................ 188Replacing ............................... 189Service life ............................ 172Sidewall (definition) ................ 189Snow chains ............................. 173Speed rating (definition) .......... 188Storing .................................. 190Structure and characteristics(definition) ............................ 187Summer tires in winter .............. 173Temperature ............................ 183TIN (Tire Identification Num-ber) (definition) ...................... 189Tire bead (definition) .............. 189Tire pressure (definition) ......... 188Tire pressures (recommended) ..... 187Tire size (data) ........................ 193

14 Index

Tire size designation, load-bearing capacity, speed rating ... 184Tire tread ............................... 172Tire tread (definition) .............. 189Total load limit (definition) ...... 189Traction ................................. 183Traction (definition) ................ 189Tread wear .............................. 183Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards ............................... 182Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards (definition) .............. 187Wear indicator (definition) ....... 189Wheel and tire combination ........ 195Wheel rim (definition) .............. 188see Flat tire

Toolsee Vehicle tool kit

Top Tether .................................... 46Total distance recorder

Setting the display unit ............. 112Tow-starting

Emergency engine starting ......... 167Important safety notes ............... 165

Towing awayImportant safety guidelines ....... 165Installing the towing eye ........... 166Removing the towing eye ............ 166With both axles on the ground ..... 166With the rear axle raised ........... 166

Transmissionsee Automatic transmissionsee Manual transmission

Transmission position display ......... 90Transporting the vehicle ................ 167Trip computer (on-board computer) .. 109Trip meter

Setting the display unit ............. 112Setting the display units ........... 112

Trip odometerCalling up .............................. 109

TrunkFitting the cover ..................... 140Installing/removing the cover .... 141see Tailgate

Trunk (front)see Service cover

Turn signalsChanging bulbs (front) ................ 72Changing bulbs (rear) ................. 74Switching on/off ....................... 69

Turn signalssee Turn signals

Two-way radioFrequencies ............................ 197Installation ............................ 197Transmission output (maximum) ... 197

Type identification platesee Vehicle identification plate

U

UnlockingEmergency unlocking .................. 57From inside the vehicle (centralunlocking button) ...................... 56

V

VehicleCorrect use .............................. 21Data acquisition ....................... 21Electronics malfunction (dis-play message) .......................... 126Electronics malfunction (warn-ing lamp) ................................ 137Equipment ................................ 18Loading .................................. 179Locking (in an emergency) ........... 57Locking (SmartKey) .................... 53Lowering ................................ 193Maintenance ............................. 18Parking for a long period ............ 99Pulling away ............................. 87Raising .................................. 190Reporting problems ................... 21Securing from rolling away ........ 190Tow-starting ........................... 165Towing away ............................ 165Transporting ........................... 167Unlocking (in an emergency) ........ 57Unlocking (SmartKey) ................. 53Vehicle data ........................... 204

Vehicle batterysee Battery (vehicle)

Vehicle data ................................ 204

Index 15

Vehicle dimensions ...................... 204Vehicle emergency locking .............. 57Vehicle identification number

see VINVehicle identification plate ........... 198Vehicle key

see SmartKeyVehicle tool kit ............................ 156Ventilation

see Climate controlVIN ............................................ 198

W

Warning and indicator lampsABS ....................................... 130Airbag ................................... 128Battery .................................. 133Brakes ................................... 128Check Engine ........................... 132Coolant .................................. 134Distance warning function (red) .. 132Distance warning function (yel-low) ....................................... 131Door ...................................... 137EBD ....................................... 129Electronics ............................. 137ESP® ...................................... 130Oil pressure ........................... 134Overview ................................. 26Parking brake .......................... 128PASSENGER AIR BAG .................... 32Restraint system ...................... 128Seat belt ................................ 127Steering ................................. 137Tire pressure monitor ............... 135

Warranty ....................................... 18Wheel and tire combination

see TiresWheel bolt tightening torque ........... 193Wheels

Changing a wheel ...................... 189Checking ................................ 171Cleaning ................................ 153General notes .......................... 193Important safety notes ............... 171Interchanging/changing ............ 189Mounting a new wheel ................ 192

Mounting a wheel ...................... 190Removing a wheel ..................... 192Snow chains ............................. 173Storing .................................. 190Tightening torque .................... 193Wheel size/tire size ................. 193

Window curtain air bagOperation ................................ 38

Windowssee Side windows

Windscreensee Windshield

WindshieldDefrosting ............................... 81

Windshield washer fluidsee Windshield washer system

Windshield washer systemAdding washer fluid .................. 149Important safety notes .............. 203

Windshield wipersIntermittent wiping ................... 76Problem (malfunction) ................ 78Rear window wiper ..................... 76Replacing the wiper blades ......... 76Switching on/off ....................... 75

Winter drivingSlippery road surfaces .............. 102Snow chains ............................. 173

Winter operationGeneral notes .......................... 172

Winter tiresM+S tires ................................ 173

Wiper bladesCleaning ................................ 153Important safety notes ................ 76Replacing (rear window) .............. 77Replacing (windshield) ............... 76

Workshopsee Qualified specialist workshop

16 Index

Protection of the environment

General notes


Daimler's declared policy is one of com-prehensive environmental protection.

The objectives are for the natural resour-ces that form the basis of our existence onthis planet to be used sparingly and in amanner that takes the requirements of bothnature and humanity into account.

You too can help to protect the environmentby operating your vehicle in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,transmission, brake and tire wear areaffected by these factors:

Roperating conditions of your vehicle

Ryour personal driving style

You can influence both factors. You shouldbear the following in mind:

Operating conditions:

Ravoid short trips as these increase fuelconsumption.

Ralways make sure that the tire pressuresare correct.

Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.

Ra regularly serviced vehicle will con-tribute to environmental protection. Youshould therefore adhere to the serviceintervals.

RAlways have service work carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

Personal driving style:

Rdo not depress the accelerator pedalwhen starting the engine.

Rdo not warm up the engine when the vehi-cle is stationary.

Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front.

Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration andbraking.

Rchange gear in good time and use eachgear only up toÔ of its maximum enginespeed.

Rswitch off the engine in stationary traf-fic.

Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel con-sumption.

Environmental concerns and recom-mendations

Wherever the operating instructions requireyou to dispose of materials, first try toregenerate or re-use them. Observe the rel-evant environmental rules and regulationswhen disposing of materials. In this way youwill help to protect the environment.

Genuine smart parts


Daimler AG also supplies reconditionedmajor assemblies and parts which are of thesame quality as new parts. They are coveredby the same Limited Warranty entitlementsas new parts.

! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-ces, as well as control units and sensors forthese restraint systems, may be installedin the following areas of your vehicle:

RdoorsRdoor pillarsRdoor sillsRseatsRcockpitRinstrument clusterRcenter consoleDo not install accessories such as audiosystems in these areas. Do not carry outrepairs or welding. You could impair theoperating efficiency of the restraint sys-tems.Have aftermarket accessories installed ata qualified specialist workshop.

You could jeopardize the operating safety ofyour vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels

>> Introduction. 17

Z

as well as accessories relevant to safetywhich have not been approved by smart. Thiscould lead to malfunctions in safety-relevantsystems, e.g. the brake system. Use only gen-uine smart parts or parts of equal quality.Only use tires, wheels and accessories thathave been specifically approved for yourvehicle.Genuine smart parts are subject to strictquality control. Each part has been speciallydeveloped, manufactured or selected forsmart vehicles and fine-tuned for them.Therefore, only genuine smart parts should beused.More than 300,000 different genuine smartparts are available for smart models.All smart centers maintain a supply of genu-ine smart parts for necessary service andrepair work. In addition, strategically loca-ted parts delivery centers provide quick andreliable parts service.Always specify the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN) (Y page 198) when ordering gen-uine smart parts.

Operator's Manual

Vehicle equipment

i This Operator's Manual describes allmodels and all standard and optionalequipment of your vehicle available at thetime of going to print. Country-specificdifferences are possible. Bear inmind thatyour vehicle may not feature all functionsdescribed here. This also applies tosafety-relevant systems and functions. Theequipment in your vehicle may thereforediffer from that shown in the descriptionsand illustrations.

The original purchase agreement lists allsystems installed in your vehicle.Should you have any questions concerningequipment and operation, please consult asmart center.The Operator's Manual andMaintenance Book-let are important documents and should bekept in the vehicle.

Service and vehicle operation

Warranty

The smart USA Warranty booklet (USA only) orthe Warranty booklet (Canada only) containsdetailed information about the warrantiescovering your smart, including:

Rsmart USA Limited Warranty (USA onlyRNew Vehicle Limited Warranty (Canadaonly)REmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRwarranty against perforation through cor-rosionRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Islandand Vermont Emission Control System War-rantyRsmartmove Assistance (Canada only)RState warranty enforcement laws (LemonLaws)

Maintenance

The Service and Warranty Booklet describesall the necessary maintenance work whichshould be done at regular intervals.Always bring the Service and Warranty Infor-mation Booklet with you when bringing thevehicle to an authorized smart center. Theservice advisor will record every service foryou in the Service and Warranty Booklet.

Roadside Assistance

The smartmove Assistance (Canada) and smart1 service (USA) Program provides factorytrained technical help in the event of abreakdown. Calls to the toll-free RoadsideAssistance number1-800-762-7887 (in USA)1-877-627-8004 (in Canada)will be answered by smart Customer Assis-tance Representatives 24 hours a day, 365 daysa year. In accordance with standard programguidelines, Roadside Assistance providesvehicle service up to a reasonable distancefrom the next paved road. We will make everyeffort to assist in a breakdown situation;however, the accessibility of your vehicle

18 >> Introduction.

will be determined by our authorized smartcenter technical help or the tow service pro-vider on a case-by-case basis. Additionalcharges may be applicable for a breakdownlocation determined not to be a reasonablyaccessible roadside location as determinedby our authorized technician and tow serviceprovider.For additional information refer to the smartRoadside Assistance Program brochure (USA)or theWarranty Booklet (Canada) in your vehi-cle literature portfolio.

Change of address or change of owner-ship

In the USA: If you change your address, be sureto send in the “Information Change Card”found in the Warranty Information Booklet.In Canada: If you change your address, be sureto send in the “Change of Address Notice”found in the Warranty Booklet, or simply callthe Customer Service at 1-800-387-0100.Maintaining your current address informa-tion with smart will enable us to contact youshould important new information about thevehicle, such as recalls, become available.If you sell your smart, please leave all liter-ature with the vehicle to make it available tothe next operator.In the USA: If you bought this vehicle used, besure to send in the “Information Change Card”found in the Warranty Information Booklet.In Canada: If you bought this vehicle used, besure to send in the “Notice of Pre‑OwnedVehicle Purchase” found in the WarrantyBooklet, or call the Customer Service at1-800-387-0100.

Operating your vehicle outside the USAor Canada

When you are abroad with your vehicle,observe the following points:

RService facilities or replacement partsmay not be readily available.RUnleaded gasoline for vehicles with cata-lytic converters may not be available; the

use of leaded fuels will damage the cata-lysts.RGasoline may have a considerably loweroctane rating, and improper fuel can causeengine damage.

Operating safety

Important safety notes

G WARNING

If you do not have the prescribed service/maintenance work or any required repairscarried out, this can result inmalfunctionsor system failures. There is a risk of anaccident.

Always have the prescribed service/main-tenance work as well as any requiredrepairs carried out at a qualified special-ist workshop.

G WARNING

Flammablematerial such as leaves, grass ortwigs may ignite if they come into contactwith hot parts of the exhaust system. Thereis a risk of fire.

When driving off road or on unpaved roads,check the vehicle's underside regularly. Inparticular, remove parts of plants or otherflammable materials which have becometrapped. In the case of damage, contact aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Modifications to electronic components,their software as well as wiring can impairtheir function and/or the function of othernetworked components. In particular, sys-tems relevant to safety could also be affec-ted. As a result, these may no longer func-tion as intended and/or jeopardize theoperating safety of the vehicle. There is anincreased risk of an accident and injury.

Never tamper with the wiring as well aselectronic components or their software.You should have all work to electrical and

>> Introduction. 19

Z

electronic equipment carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

If you make any changes to the vehicle elec-tronics, the general operating permit is ren-dered invalid.

! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:

Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a highcurb or an unpaved roadRyou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. acurb or a hole in the roadRa heavy object strikes the undercarriageor parts of the chassis

In situations like this, the body, the under-carriage, chassis parts, wheels or tirescould be damaged without the damage beingvisible. Components damaged in this waycan unexpectedly fail or, in the case of anaccident, no longer withstand the strainthey are designed to.If the underbody paneling is damaged,combustible materials such as leaves,grass or twigs can gather between theunderbody and the underbody paneling. Ifthese materials come in contact with hotparts of the exhaust system, they can catchfire.In such situations, have the vehiclechecked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop. If on con-tinuing your journey you notice that driv-ing safety is impaired, pull over and stopthe vehicle immediately, paying attentionto road and traffic conditions. In suchcases, consult a qualified specialist work-shop.

Declarations of conformity

Vehicle components which receiveand/or transmit radio waves

USA: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-tion is subject to the following two condi-tions: 1) These devices may not cause harmfulinterference, and 2) These devices mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesired oper-ation. Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment."Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehiclecomply with Industry Canada license-exemptRSS standard(s). Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) These devicesmay not cause interference, and (2) Thesedevices must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device."

Diagnostics connection

The diagnostics connection is only intendedfor the connection of diagnostic equipmentat a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you connect equipment to the diagnosticsconnection in the vehicle, it may affect theoperation of the vehicle systems. As aresult, the operating safety of the vehiclecould be affected. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not connect any equipment to a diagnos-tics connection in the vehicle.

G WARNING

Objects in the driver's footwell canrestrict the pedal travel or obstruct adepressed pedal. The operating and roadsafety of the vehicle is jeopardized. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Make sure that all objects in the vehicle arestowed correctly, and that they cannot enterthe driver's footwell. Install the floormatssecurely and as specified in order toensure sufficient clearance for the pedals.Do not use loose floormats and do not placefloormats on top of one another.

! If the engine is switched off and equip-ment on the diagnostics connection is used,the starter battery may discharge.

Connecting equipment to the diagnosticsconnection can lead to emissions monitoringinformation being reset, for example. Thismay lead to the vehicle failing to meet the

20 >> Introduction.

requirements of the next emissions test dur-ing the main inspection.

Qualified specialist workshop

A smart center is a qualified specialistworkshop. It has the necessary specialistknowledge, tools and qualifications to cor-rectly carry out the work required on yourvehicle. This is especially the case for workrelevant to safety.Observe the notes in the Maintenance Book-let.Always have the following work carried out ata smart center:

Rwork relevant to safetyRservice and maintenance workRrepair workRalterations, installation work and modifi-cationsRwork on electronic components

Correct use

If you remove any warning stickers, you orothers could fail to recognize certain dan-gers. Leave warning stickers in position.Observe the following information whendriving your vehicle:

Rthe safety notes in this manualRthe Technical Data section in this manualRtraffic rules and regulationsRlaws and safety standards pertaining tomotor vehicles

Problems with your vehicle

If you should experience a problem with yourvehicle, particularly one that you believemay affect its safe operation, we urge you toimmediately contact an authorized smartcenter to have the problem diagnosed andcorrected if required. Do not drive the vehi-cle if you believe it may not be safely oper-ated. If the matter is not handled to your sat-isfaction, please discuss the problem withthe smart center management, or if necessarycontact us at one of the following addresses:In the USA

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLCOne Mercedes DriveMontvale, NJ 07645In CanadaCustomer Relations Department98 Vanderhoof AvenueMercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

QR codes for rescue card

The QR codes are secured in the fuel fillerflap and on the opposite side on the B-pillar.In the event of an accident, rescue servicescan use the QR code to quickly find the appro-priate rescue card for your vehicle. The cur-rent rescue card contains the most importantinformation about your vehicle in a compactform, e.g. the routing of the electric cables.You can find more information under http://portal.aftersales.i.daimler.com/public/content/asportal/en/communication/informationen_fuer/QRCode.html.

Data stored in the vehicle

Data recording

A large number of your vehicle's electroniccomponents can store data.The data memory temporarily or permanentlystores technical information about:

RVehicle's operating statusRIncidentsRMalfunctionsThe technical information generally docu-ments the condition of a component, module,system or the environment.These include, for example:

ROperating status of system components,e.g. fluid levelsRStatusmessages concerning the vehicle andits individual components, e.g. number ofwheel revolutions/speed, deceleration inmovement, lateral acceleration, accelera-tor pedal positionRMalfunctions and defects in key systemcomponents, including, for instance,lights, brakes

>> Introduction. 21

Z

RVehicle reactions and operating condi-tions in special driving situations,including, for instance, deployment of anair bag, use of stability control systemsREnvironmental conditions, including, forinstance, the outside temperature

This data is of an exclusively technicalnature and can be used to:

Rassist in the detection and elimination ofmalfunctions and defectsRanalyze vehicle functions, e.g. after anaccidentRoptimize vehicle functionsThe data cannot be used to trace the vehicle'smovements.If you have the vehicle serviced, this tech-nical information can be read out from theevent and malfunction data memory.Services include, for example, informationon:

RRepair workRService workRWarranty claimsRQuality assuranceThe readout is handled by service networkstaff (including the manufacturer) with thehelp of special diagnostic testers. You canobtain more detailed information, ifrequired.After the malfunction has been rectified, theinformation is cleared in the malfunctionmemory or is sequentially overwritten.During vehicle operation, certain situationsmay arise in which this technical data - inconjunction with other information and, ifapplicable, after consultation with anapproved assessor - may be linked to an indi-vidual person.Examples of this include:

RAccident reportsRVehicle damageREvidence

Event data recorders

This vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record data that will assist in understand-ing how a vehicle’s systems performed in cer-tain crash or near crash-like situations, such

as during air bag deployment or when hittinga road obstacle. The EDR is designed to recorddata related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

Rhow various systems in your vehicle areoperatingRwhether or not the driver and passengerseat belts are fastenedRhow far (if at all) the driver is depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal andRhow fast the vehicle is travelingThis data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data isrecorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivialcrash situation occurs. No data is recorded bythe EDR under normal driving conditions. Nopersonal data (e.g., name, gender, age, andaccident location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement, cancombine the EDR data with the type of per-sonal identification data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation. EDR data may beused in civil and criminalmatters as a tool inaccident reconstruction, accident claims,and vehicle safety.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, other parties thathave the special equipment, such as lawenforcement, can read the information byaccessing the vehicle or the EDR.EDR data may be used in civil and criminalmatters as a tool in accident reconstruction,accident claims, and vehicle safety. Sincethe Crash Data Retrieval CDR tool that is usedto extract data from the EDR is commerciallyavailable, Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC("MBUSA") expressly disclaims any and allliability arising from the extraction of thisinformation by unauthorized Mercedes-Benzpersonnel.MBUSA will not share EDR data with otherswithout the consent of the vehicle owners or,if the vehicle is leased, without the consentof the lessee. Exceptions to this representa-tion include responses to subpoenas by lawenforcement; by federal, state or local gov-ernment; in connection with or arising out of

22 >> Introduction.

litigation involving MBUSA or its subsidia-ries and affiliates; or, as required by law.Warning: the EDR is a component of theRestraint System Module. Tampering with,altering,modifying or removing the EDR com-ponent may result in a malfunction of theRestraint System Module and other systems.State laws or regulations regarding EDRs thatconflict with federal regulation are pre-empted. This means that in the event of suchconflict, the federal regulation governs. Asof February 2013, 13 states have enacted lawsrelated to EDRs.

Information on copyright

General information

You can find information on license for freeand open-source software used in your vehi-cle and its electronic components on the fol-lowing website:http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

>> Introduction. 23

Z

Dashboard

Function Page

: Additional instruments onthe dashboard 107

; Instrument cluster 25

= Horn

? Windshield wipers combi-nation switch 75

A Switches the automaticlocking feature on/off 57Switches the hazard warn-ing lamps on/off 70

B Overhead control panel 29

C smart Audio-System/smartMedia-System (see the sep-arate operating instruc-tions)

Function Page

D Climate control systemcontrol panel 79

E Ignition lock 86

F Adjusts the steering wheel 66

G Control panel for:Turning the forward colli-sion warning on/off 50Turning the parking aid on/off 104

H Lights combination switch 68

I Shift paddles 94

24 Dashboard>>

Ataglance.

Instrument cluster

Displays

Function Page

: Speedometer 106

; Color display 108

Function Page

= Warning and indicatorlamps 26

Instrument cluster 25

>>At

aglance.

Warning and indicator lamps

Function Page

: USA: ò ABS 130Canada: ! ABS 130

; ÷ ESP® 130

= í Battery 133

? h Tire pressure monitor 135

A 5 Oil pressure 134

B D Power steering 137

C ; Check Engine 132

D ? Coolant temperature 134

E ! Turn signal, right 69

F # Turn signal, left 69

G USA:$ Brakes 128Canada:J Brakes 128

Function Page

H R Rear fog lamp 69

I N Fog lamps 69

J K High-beam headlamps 69

K L Low-beam headlamps 68

L 6Restraint system 31

M T Parking lamps 69

N · Distance warning 132

O ü Seat belts 127

P \ Doors or the tailgate 137Vehicle electronics 137

26 Instrument cluster>>

Ataglance.

Multifunction steering wheel

Function Page

: Color display in instrumentcluster 107

; smart Audio-System orsmart Media-System dis-play (see the separateoperating instructions)

= WX Changes the vol-ume of the smart Audio-Sys-tem or smart Media-System(see the separate operatinginstructions)? Switches voice-oper-ated control of the smartAudio-System on/off andaccepts/ends a call (see theseparate operatinginstructions)

? Cruise control button 103® Increases or storesthe current speed− Decreases current speedRES Selects a stored speed

Function Page

A Cruise control button 103° Calls up the last speedstored

B Cruise control button 103± Interrupts cruisecontrol

C Cruise control buttonV 103u^ Activates ordeactivates cruise control

D 9: Scrolls througha menu or list 107a

Confirms your selection 107Changes to the "Reset val-ues" function in certainmenus 107Hides display messages 114

i Voice-operated control as well as controlof the telephone and volume using thesteering wheel buttons in the control panelon the right= only function with the smart

Media-System. If you use a smart Audio-System or an audio device from anothermanufacturer, the functions may berestricted or not available at all.

Multifunction steering wheel 27

>>At

aglance.

Center console

i Vehicles with automatic transmission

Function Page

: Cup holder 142

; Transmission positiondisplay 91

= Sets the driving program(program selector button) 92

? Drawer 139

A Coin holder

Function Page

B Selector lever 90

C Parking brake 98

D AUX/USB port and SD mem-ory card (only with smartMedia-System)Socket 143

E Cup holder 142

28 Center console>>

Ataglance.

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Switches the left-handreading lamp on/off

; Depending on the positionof the switch:Interior lighting switchedon 70Automatic interior light-ing control on 70Interior lighting switchedoff 70

Function Page

= Switches the right-handreading lamp on/off 70

? PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF/ONindicator lamps 32

A Rear-view mirror 66

Overhead control panel 29

>>At

aglance.

Door control panel

Function Page

: Opens the door 56

; Adjusts the exterior mir-rors electrically 67

Function Page

= W Opens/closes the sidewindows 59

30 Door control panel>>

Ataglance.

Panic alarm

X To activate: press!: button for abouttwo seconds.An alarm sounds and the exterior lightingflashes.

X To deactivate: press button!: again.

Occupant safety

Introduction to the restraint system

The restraint system can reduce the risk ofvehicle occupants coming into contact withparts of the vehicle's interior in the event ofan accident. The restraint system can alsoreduce the forces to which vehicle occupantsare subjected during an accident.The restraint system comprises:

Rseat belt systemRair bagsThe components of the restraint system workin conjunction with each other. They can onlydeploy their protective function if, at alltimes, all vehicle occupants:

Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly(Y page 34)Rhave adjusted their seat properly(Y page 62).

As the driver, you also have to make sure thatthe steering wheel is adjusted correctly.Observe the information relating to the cor-rect driver's seat position (Y page 62).You also have to make sure that an air bag caninflate properly if deployed (Y page 36).An air bag supplements a correctly worn seatbelt. As an additional safety device, the airbag increases the level of protection for

vehicle occupants in the event of an accident.For example, if, in the event of an accident,the protection offered by the seat belt is suf-ficient, the air bags are not deployed. Whenan accident occurs, only the air bags thatincrease protection in that particular acci-dent situation are deployed. However, seatbelts and air bags generally do not protectagainst objects penetrating the vehicle fromthe outside.Information on restraint system operationcan be found under "Triggering of the Emer-gency Tensioning Devices and air bags"(Y page 42).For information on children traveling withyou in the vehicle and on child restraint sys-tems, see "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44).


G WARNING

Modifications to the restraint system maycause it to no longer work as intended. Therestraint system may then not perform itsintended protective function and may failin an accident or trigger unexpectedly, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Never modify parts of the restraint system.Never tamper with the wiring, the elec-tronic components or their software.

If it is necessary to modify an air bag sys-tem to accommodate a person with disabil-ities, contact a smart center for specificdetails. USA only: contact our CustomerAssistance Center on 1-800‑762-7887 fordetails.

Restraint system warning lamp

The functions of the restraint system arechecked after the ignition is switched on andat regular intervals while the engine is run-ning. Therefore, malfunctions can be detec-ted in good time.The 6 restraint system warning lamp inthe instrument cluster lights up when theignition is switched on. It goes out no later

Occupant safety 31

>>Safety.

Z

than a few seconds after the vehicle is star-ted. The components of the restraint systemare in operational readiness.A malfunction has occurred if the 6restraint system warning lamp:

Rdoes not light up after the ignition isswitched onRdoes not go out after a few seconds with theengine runningRlights up again while the engine is running

G WARNING

If restraint system is malfunctioning,restraint system components may be trig-gered unintentionally ormight not be trig-gered at all in the event of an accident witha high rate of vehicle deceleration. Thiscan affect the Emergency TensioningDevice or air bag, for example. This posesan increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Have the restraint system checked andrepaired in a qualified specialist work-shop as soon as possible.

PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps

PASSENGERAIRBAGOFF indicator lamp: andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp; arepart of the Occupant Classification System(OCS).The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.

RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is enabled. If, inthe event of an accident, all deployment

criteria are met, the front-passenger frontair bag is deployed.RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. It will then not be deployed in theevent of an accident.

Depending on the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger front airbag must either be deactivated or enabled;see the following points. You must make sureof this both before and during a journey.

RChildren in a child restraint system:whether the front-passenger front air bagis enabled or deactivated depends on theinstalled child restraint system, and theage and size of the child. Therefore, besure to observe the notes on the "OccupantClassification System (OCS)" (Y page 38)and on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44). There you will also findinstructions on rearward and forward-facing child restraint systems on thefront-passenger seat.RAll other persons: depending on the clas-sification of the person in the front-passenger seat, the front-passenger frontair bag is enabled or deactivated(Y page 38). Be sure to observe the noteson "Seat belts“ (Y page 32) and "Air bags"(Y page 35). There you can also find infor-mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts

Introduction

Seat belts are the most effective means ofrestricting the movement of vehicle occu-pants in the event of an accident or the vehi-cle rolling over. This reduces the risk ofvehicle occupants coming into contact withparts of the vehicle interior or being ejectedfrom the vehicle. Furthermore, the seat belthelps to keep the vehicle occupant in the bestposition in relation to the air bag.The seat belt system comprises:

RSeat beltsREmergency Tensioning Devices and seatbelt force limiters

If the seat belt is pulled by the seat beltguide quickly or with a jerky movement, the

32 Occupant safety>>

Safety.

belt retractor locks. The belt strap cannot beextracted any further.The Emergency Tensioning Device tightensthe seat belt in an accident, pulling the beltclose against the body. However it does notpull the vehicle occupant back in the direc-tion of the backrest.The Emergency Tensioning Device does notcorrect an incorrect seat position or therouting of an incorrectly fastened seat belt.When triggered, a seat belt force limiterhelps to reduce the force exerted by the seatbelt on the vehicle occupant.The seat belt force limiters are synchronizedwith the front air bags which absorb part ofthe deceleration force. This can reduce theforce exerted on the vehicle occupants duringan accident.

! If the front-passenger seat is unoccu-pied, do not insert the belt tongue into thebuckle of the front-passenger seat. Thismay otherwise lead to the triggering of theEmergency Tensioning Device in the eventof an accident, which will then need to bereplaced.


The use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:

Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesEven where this is not required by law, allvehicle occupants should correctly fastentheir seat belts before starting the journey.

G WARNING

If the seat belt is incorrectly fastened, itcannot protect as intended. Furthermore,an incorrectly fastened seat belt can causeadditional injury, for example, in an acci-dent, during braking or when abruptlychanging direction. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupants areseated properly with a correctly fastenedseat belt.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an accident,you could slide underneath the seat belt andsustain abdomen or neck injuries, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the back-rest is in an almost vertical position andthat the shoulder section of your seat beltis routed across the center of your shoul-der.

G WARNING

Persons under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height cannotfasten the seat belt correctly without anadditional suitable restraint system. Ifthe seat belt is incorrectly fastened, itcannot protect as intended. Furthermore,an incorrectly fastened seat belt can causeadditional injury, for example, in an acci-dent, during braking or an abrupt change ofdirection. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

For this reason, always secure personsunder 5 ft (1.50 m) in height in suitablerestraint systems.

If a child younger than twelve years old andunder 5 ft (1.50m) in height is traveling in thevehicle:

Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for this smart vehicle. Thechild restraint system must be appropriateto the age, weight and size of the childRalways observe the instructions and safetynotes on "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44) in addition to the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion and operating instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes on the "Occupant classifica-tion system (OCS)" (Y page 38)

Occupant safety 33

>>Safety.

Z

G WARNING

The seat belts may not perform their inten-ded protective function if:

Rthey are damaged, modified, extremelydirty, bleach or dyed

Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged orextremely dirty

Rthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, beltanchorages or inertia reels have beenmodified

Seat belts may sustain non-visible damagein an accident, e.g. due to glass splinters.Modified or damaged seat belts may tear orfail, e.g. in an accident. Modified Emer-gency Tensioning Devices could acciden-tally trigger or fail to deploy when neces-sary. This poses an increased risk of injuryor even fatal injury.

Never modify the seat belts, EmergencyTensioning Devices, belt anchorages orinertia reels. Make sure that the seat beltsare undamaged, not worn out and clean. Fol-lowing an accident, have the seat beltschecked immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Only use seat belts that have been approvedfor your vehicle by smart.

Proper use of the seat belts

Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 33).All vehicle occupants must be wearing theseat belt correctly before beginning thejourney. Also make sure that all vehicle occu-pants are always wearing the seat belt cor-rectly while the vehicle is in motion.When fastening the seat belt, always makesure that:

Rthe seat belt tongue is only inserted to thebelt buckle belonging to that seat.Rthe seat belt is tight across your body.Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a wintercoat.Rthe seat belt is not twisted.Only then can the forces which occur bedistributed over the area of the belt.

Rthe shoulder section of the belt is alwaysrouted across the center of your shoulder.The shoulder section of the belt must notcome into contact with your neck or berouted under your arm.Rthe lap belt passes tightly and as low downas possible across your lap.The lap belt must always be routed acrossyour hip joints and not across your abdo-men. This applies particularly to pregnantwomen. If necessary, push the lap belt downto your hip joint and pull it tight using theshoulder section of the belt.Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp,pointed or fragile objects.If you have such items located on or in yourclothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses,store these in a suitable place.Ronly one person is using a seat belt at atime.Infants and children must never travel sit-ting on the lap of a vehicle occupant. In theevent of an accident, they could be crushedbetween the vehicle occupant and seat belt.Robjects are never secured with a seat beltif the seat belt is also being used by one ofthe vehicle's occupants.Also ensure that there are never objectsbetween a person and the seat, e.g. cush-ions.

Seat belts are only intended to secure andrestrain vehicle occupants. Always observethe "Loading guidelines" for securingobjects, luggage or loads (Y page 138).

Fastening seat belts

Observe the safety notes on the seat belt(Y page 33) and the notes on correct use of seatbelts (Y page 34).For easy fastening, the seat belt passesthrough a belt loop on the side of the seat.


Safety.

Basic illustration

X Adjust the seat (Y page 62).The seat backrest must be in an almost ver-tical position.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from belt outlet= and engage belt tongue; into beltbuckle:.

X If necessary, pull upwards on the shouldersection of the seat belt to tighten the beltacross your body.

In order to attach the child restraint systemsecurely in the vehicle, the seat belt on thefront-passenger seat is equipped with a spe-cial seat belt retractor. Further informationon the "Special seat belt retractor"(Y page 45).

Releasing seat belts

! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolledup. Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tonguewill be trapped in the door or in the seatmechanism. This could damage the door, thedoor trim panel and the seat belt. Damagedseat belts can no longer fulfill their pro-tective function and must be replaced.Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

X Press the release button in the belt buckle,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide thebelt back.

Belt warning for the driver and frontpassenger

The 7 seat belt warning lamp in theinstrument cluster is a reminder that allvehicle occupants must wear their seat belts.It may light up continuously or flash. In addi-tion, there may be a warning tone.Regardless of whether the driver's seat belthas already been fastened, the 7 seat beltwarning lamp lights up for six seconds eachtime the engine is started. If the driver's orfront-passenger seat belt has not been fas-tened, the 7 seat belt warning lamp startsto light up continuously after thesesix seconds. As soon as the driver and frontpassenger fasten their seat belts, the 7seat belt warning lamp goes out.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened afterthe engine is started, an additional warningtone will sound. The warning tone switches offafter six seconds or once the driver's seatbelt is fastened.If the vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h)and the driver's or front-passenger seat beltis not fastened, a warning tone sounds again.The warning tone sounds with increasingintensity for a maximum of 120 seconds oruntil the driver or front passenger have fas-tened their seat belts.If the driver or front passenger unfastentheir seat belts during the journey, the seatbelt warning is activated again.

Air bags

Introduction

The installation point of an air bag can berecognized by the AIR BAG symbol.An air bag complements the correctly fas-tened seat belt. It is no substitute for the seatbelt. The air bag provides additional pro-tection in applicable accident situations.Not all air bags are deployed in an accident.The different air bag systems function inde-pendently from one another (Y page 42).However, no system available today can com-pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities.It is also not possible to rule out a risk ofinjury caused by an air bag due to the highspeed at which the air bag must be deployed.

Occupant safety 35

>>Safety.

Z


G WARNING

If you do not sit in the correct seat posi-tion, the air bag cannot protect as intendedand could even cause additional injurywhen deployed. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

To avoid hazardous situations, always makesure that all of the vehicle's occupants:

Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly,including pregnant women

Rare sitting correctly and maintain thegreatest possible distance to the airbags

Rfollow the following instructions

Always make sure that there are no objectsbetween the air bag and the vehicle's occu-pants.

RAdjust the seats properly before beginningyour journey. Always make sure that the seatis in an almost upright position.RMove the driver's and front-passengerseats as far back as possible. The driver'sseat position must allow the vehicle to bedriven safely.ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside.This allows the air bag to be fully deployed.RAlways lean against the backrest whiledriving. Do not lean forwards or leanagainst the door or side window. You mayotherwise be in the deployment area of theair bags.RAlways keep your feet in the footwell infront of the seat. Do not put your feet on thedashboard, for example. Your feet may oth-erwise be in the deployment area of the airbag.RFor this reason, always secure persons lessthan 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraintsystems. Up to this height, the seat beltcannot be worn correctly.

If a child is traveling in your vehicle, alsoobserve the following notes:

RAlways secure children under twelve yearsof age and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall insuitable child restraint systems.ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat when the front-passengerfront air bag is deactivated. If thePASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp ispermanently lit, the front-passenger frontair bag is deactivated (Y page 32).RAlways observe the instructions and safetynotes on the "Occupant Classification Sys-tem (OCS)" (Y page 38) and on "Children inthe vehicle" (Y page 44) in addition to thechild restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation and operating instructions.

Objects in the vehicle interior may preventan air bag from functioning correctly. Beforestarting your journey and to avoid risksresulting from the speed of the air bag as itdeploys, make sure that:

Rthere are no people, animals or objectsbetween the vehicle occupants and an airbag.Rthere are no objects between the seat, doorand B-pillar.Rno hard objects, e.g. coat hangers, hang onthe grab handles or coat hooks.Rno accessories, such as cup holders, areattached to the vehicle within the deploy-ment area of an air bag, e.g. to doors or sidewindows.Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objectsare in the pockets of your clothing. Storesuch objects in a suitable place.

G WARNING

If you modify the air bag cover or affixobjects such as stickers to it, the air bagcan no longer function correctly. There isan increased risk of injury.

Never modify an air bag cover or affixobjects to it.

G WARNING

Sensors to control the air bags are locatedin the doors. Modifications or work notperformed correctly to the doors or door


Safety.

paneling, as well as damaged doors, canlead to the function of the sensors beingimpaired. The air bags might therefore notfunction properly anymore. Consequently,the air bags cannot protect vehicle occu-pants as they are designed to do. There is anincreased risk of injury.

Never modify the doors or parts of thedoors. Always have work on the doors or doorpaneling carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Front air bags

Driver's air bag: deploys in front of thesteering wheel. Front-passenger front airbag; deploys in front of and above the glovebox.When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-tional head and thorax protection for theoccupants in the driver's and front-passenger seats.The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamps inform you aboutthe status of the front-passenger air bag(Y page 32).The front-passenger front air bag will onlydeploy if:

Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sensorreadings, detects that the front-passengerseat is occupied (Y page 38). ThePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp islit (Y page 39)Rthe restraint system control unit predicts ahigh accident severity

Knee bags

Driver's knee bag: deploys under the steer-ing column and front-passenger knee bag;under the glove box. The driver's and front-passenger knee bags are triggered togetherwith the front air bags.The driver's and front-passenger knee bagsoffer additional thigh, knee and lower legprotection for the occupants in the frontseats.

Thorax/pelvis air bags

G WARNING

Unsuitable seat covers could restrict oreven prevent the deployment of the air bagsintegrated into the seats. Consequently,the air bags cannot protect vehicle occu-pants as they are designed to do. In addi-tion, the operation of the occupant classi-fication system (OCS) could be adverselyaffected. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

You should only use seat covers that havebeen approved for the corresponding seatsby smart.

Occupant safety 37

>>Safety.

Z

Thorax/pelvis air bags: deploy next to theouter bolster of the seat backrest.When deployed, the thorax/pelvis air bagsoffer additional thorax and pelvis protec-tion.In the event of a side impact, the thorax/pelvis air bag is deployed on the side onwhich the impact occurs.The thorax/pelvis air bag on the front-passenger side deploys under the followingconditions:

Rthe OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied orRthe belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

If the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle, the thorax/pelvis air bag on thefront-passenger side deploys if an appro-priate accident situation occurs. In thiscase, deployment is independent of whetherthe front-passenger seat is occupied or not.

Window curtain air bags

Window curtain air bags: are integratedinto the side of the roof frame above thedoors.When deployed, the window curtain air bagenhances the level of protection for the head.However, it does not protect the chest or arms.In the event of a side impact, the window cur-tain air bag is deployed on the side on whichthe impact occurs.If the system determines that they can offeradditional protection to that provided by theseat belt, a window curtain air bag may bedeployed in other accident situations(Y page 42).

Occupant Classification System (OCS)

Introduction

The Occupant Classification System (OCS)categorizes the person in the front-passenger seat. Depending on that result, thefront-passenger front air bag and front-passenger knee bag are either enabled ordeactivated.The system does not deactivate:

Rthe thorax/pelvis air bagRthe window curtain air bagRthe Emergency Tensioning Devices

Prerequisites

To be classified correctly, the frontpassenger must sit:

Rwith the seat belt fastened correctlyRin an almost upright position with theirback against the seat backrestRwith their feet resting on the floor, if pos-sible

If the front passenger does not observe theseconditions, OCS may produce a false classi-fication, e.g. because the front passenger:

Rtransfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrestRsits in such a way that their weight israised from the seat cushion

If you install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, be sure to observe thecorrect positioning of the child restraintsystem. Never place objects under or behindthe child restraint system, e.g. cushions. Theentire base of the child restraint systemmustalways rest on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the forward-facing child restraint system must lie as flatas possible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat.The child restraint system must not touch theroof. Adjust the backrest angle accordingly.Only then can OCS be guaranteed to functioncorrectly. Always observe the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation and oper-ating instructions.


Safety.

How the occupant classification system(OCS) operates

: PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp; PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp

The indicator lamps inform you whether thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivatedor enabled.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock.The system carries out self-diagnostics.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGERAIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light upsimultaneously for approximatelysix seconds.The indicator lamps display the status of thefront-passenger front air bag.

RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up: the front-passenger front air bag is enabled. If, inthe event of an accident, all deploymentcriteria are met, the front-passenger frontair bag is deployed.RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is deactiva-ted. It will then not be deployed in theevent of an accident.

When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always pay attention to the PASSENGER AIRBAG ON and PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamps. Be aware of the status of the front-passenger front air bag both before and dur-ing the journey.

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, the front-passenger front airbag is disabled. It will not be deployed inthe event of an accident and cannot performits intended protective function. A person

in the front-passenger seat could then, forexample, come into contact with the vehi-cle's interior, especially if the person issitting too close to the dashboard. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:

Rthe classification of the person in thefront-passenger seat is correct and thefront-passenger front air bag is enabledor disabled in accordance with the per-son in the front-passenger seat

Rthe front-passenger seat has been movedback as far back as possible.

Rthe person is seated correctly.

Make sure, both before and during the jour-ney, that the status of the front-passengerfront air bag is correct.

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a rearward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and the PASSENGER AIR BAGON indicator lamp is lit up, the front-passenger front air bag may deploy in anaccident. The child could be struck by theair bag. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that the front-passenger frontair bag has been disabled. The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lampremains off and/or the PASSENGER AIR BAG ONindicator lamp lights up, do not install arearward-facing child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat. You can find moreinformation on OCS under "Problems with theOccupant Classification System"(Y page 41).

Occupant safety 39

>>Safety.

Z

G WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat and you position the front-passenger seat too close to the dashboard,in the event of an accident, the child could:

Rcome into contact with the vehicle'sinterior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is lit, for example

Rbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGERAIR BAG ON is lit up

This poses an increased risk of injury oreven fatal injury.

Move the front-passenger seat as far backas possible. Always make sure that theshoulder belt strap is correctly routedfrom the vehicle belt guide to the shoulderbelt guide on the child restraint system.The shoulder belt strap must be routed for-wards and downwards from the belt guide.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation instructions.

If OCS determines that:

Rthe front-passenger seat is unoccupied,the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamplights up after the system self-test andremains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is deactivated.Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by achild of up to twelve months old, in a stand-ard child restraint system, the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up afterthe system self-test and remains lit. Thisindicates that the front-passenger frontair bag is deactivated.But even in the case of a twelve-month-oldchild, in a standard child restraint system,the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON can light up per-manently after the system self-test. Thisindicates that the front-passenger frontair bag is activated. The result of the clas-sification is dependent on, among otherfactors, the child restraint system and thechild's stature. Make sure that the condi-tions for a correct classification are met.If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is still lit, do not install a childrestraint system on the front-passengerseat.

Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by aperson of smaller stature (e.g. a teenageror small adult), either the PASSENGER AIRBAGON or PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF indicatorlamp lights up and remains lit after thesystem self-test depending on the result ofthe classification.- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp lights up, move the front-passengerseat as far back as possible.

- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp is lit, a person of smaller statureshould not use the front-passenger seat.

Rthe front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person of adult stature, thePASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamplights up after the system self-test andremains lit. This indicates that the front-passenger front air bag is activated.

If children are traveling in the vehicle, besure to observe the notes on "Children in thevehicle" (Y page 44).When OCS is malfunctioning, the red 6restraint system warning lamp in the instru-ment cluster and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp light up simultaneously. Thefront-passenger front air bag is deactivatedin this case and does not deploy during anaccident. Have the system checked by quali-fied technicians as soon as possible. Consulta smart center. The front-passenger seatshould only be repaired at a smart center.If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover orthe seat cushion is damaged, have the neces-sary repair work carried out at a smart cen-ter.smart recommends that you only use seataccessories which have been approved bysmart.If the driver's air bag deploys, this does notmean that the front-passenger front air bagwill also deploy. The Occupant Classifica-tion System (OCS) categorizes the occupant inthe front-passenger seat. Depending on thatresult, the front-passenger front air bag iseither enabled or deactivated.

System self-test

G DANGER

If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF andPASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do


Safety.

not light up during the system self-test, thesystem is malfunctioning. The front-passenger front air bag might be triggeredunintentionally or might not be triggeredat all in the event of an accident with highdeceleration. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.

In this case the front-passenger seat maynot be used. Do not install a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat. Havethe Occupant Classification System (OCS)checked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test,the front-passenger front air bag is disa-bled. It will not be deployed in the event ofan accident. In this case, the front-passenger front air bag cannot perform itsintended protective function, e.g. when aperson is seated in the front-passengerseat.

That person could, for example, come intocontact with the vehicle's interior, espe-cially if the person is sitting too close tothe dashboard. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always ensure that:

Rthe classification of the person in thefront-passenger seat is correct and thefront-passenger front air bag is enabledor disabled in accordance with the per-son in the front-passenger seat

Rthe person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seatbelt

Rthe front-passenger seat has been movedas far back as possible

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, thefront-passenger seat may not be used. Donot install a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat. Have the OccupantClassification System (OCS) checked andrepaired immediately at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

G WARNING

Objects between the seat surface and thechild restraint system could affect OCSoperation. This could result in the front-passenger air bag not functioning asintended during an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Do not place any objects between the seatsurface and the child restraint system. Theentire base of the child restraint systemmust always rest on the seat cushion of thefront-passenger seat. The backrest of theforward-facing child restraint systemmust, as far as possible, be resting on thebackrest of the front-passenger seat.Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

After the system self-test, the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicatorlamp displays the status of the front-passenger front air bag (Y page 39).For more information about the OCS, see"Problems with the Occupant ClassificationSystem" (Y page 41).

Problems with the occupant classification system (OCS)

Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 40).

Occupant safety 41

>>Safety.

Z

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

The PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lamplights up and remainslit, even though thefront-passenger seat isoccupied by an adult ora person of a staturecorresponding to thatof an adult.

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat isincorrect.X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of theperson on the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 38).

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit, thefront-passenger seat may not be used.

X Have the OCS checked at a smart center as soon as possible.

The PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF indicator lampdoes not light up and/ordoes not stay on.The front-passengerseat is:

RunoccupiedRoccupied with theweight of a child upto twelve months oldin a child restraintsystem

OCS is malfunctioning.X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and thechild seat.

X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system restson the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest ofthe forward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat aspossible against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. Ifnecessary, adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.

X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that theseat belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passenger seat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt andthe child restraint system being pulled too tightly.

X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight ontothe seat.

X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and/orthe PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do notinstall a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat.

X Have the OCS checked at a smart center as soon as possible.

Deployment of Emergency TensioningDevice and air bags


G WARNING

The air bag parts are hot after an air baghas been deployed. There is a risk ofinjury.

Do not touch the air bag parts. Have adeployed air bag replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop as soon as possible.

G WARNING

A deployed air bag no longer offers anyprotection and cannot provide the intended

protection in an accident. There is anincreased risk of injury.

Have the vehicle towed to a qualified spe-cialist workshop in order to have adeployed air bag replaced.

For your own safety and that of your frontpassenger, it is important that you havedeployed air bags replaced and faulty airbags repaired. This will help to make sure theair bags continue to perform their protectivefunction for the vehicle occupants in theevent of a crash.

G WARNING

Pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devicesthat have been deployed are no longeroperational and are unable to perform


Safety.

their intended protective function. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Therefore, have pyrotechnic EmergencyTensioning Devices which have been trig-gered immediately replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

If Emergency Tensioning Devices are trig-gered or air bags are deployed, you will heara bang, and a small amount of powder may alsobe released. The 6 restraint system warn-ing lamp lights up.Only in rare cases will the bang affect yourhearing. The powder that is released gener-ally does not constitute a health hazard, but itmay cause short-term breathing difficultiesin people with asthma or other respiratoryproblems. Provided it is safe to do so, youshould leave the vehicle immediately or openthe window in order to prevent breathing dif-ficulties.Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tension-ing Devices (ETDs) contain perchlorate mate-rial, which may require special handling andregard for the environment. National guide-lines must be observed during disposal. InCalifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.

Method of operation

During the first stage of a collision, therestraint system control unit evaluatesimportant physical data relating to vehicledeceleration or acceleration, such as:

RdurationRdirectionRintensityBased on the evaluation of this data, therestraint system control unit triggers theEmergency Tensioning Devices during a fron-tal or rear collision.An Emergency Tensioning Device can only betriggered, if:

Rthe ignition is switched onRthe components of the restraint system areoperational. You can find further informa-

tion under: "Restraint system warninglamp" (Y page 31)Rthe belt tongue has engaged in the beltbuckle of the respective seat

If the restraint system control unit detects amore severe accident, further components ofthe restraint system are activated independ-ently of each other in certain frontal colli-sion situations:RFront air bags as well as driver's and front-passenger knee bagsRWindow curtain air bag, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offeradditional protection to that provided bythe seat belt

The front-passenger front air bag is activa-ted or deactivated depending on the person onthe front-passenger seat. The front-passenger front air bag can only deploy in anaccident if the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indi-cator lamp is lit. Observe the information onthe PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamps(Y page 32).Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags.During the first deployment stage, the frontair bag is filled with propellant gas toreduce the risk of injuries. The front air bagis fully deployed with the maximum amount ofpropellant gas if a second deploymentthreshold is reached within a few millisec-onds.The activation threshold of the EmergencyTensioning Devices and the air bag aredetermined by evaluating the rate of vehicledeceleration or acceleration which occurs atvarious points in the vehicle. This process ispre-emptive in nature. Deployment shouldtake place in good time at the start of thecollision.The rate of vehicle deceleration or acceler-ation and the direction of the force areessentially determined by:

Rthe distribution of forces during the col-lisionRthe collision angleRthe deformation characteristics of thevehicleRthe characteristics of the object withwhich the vehicle has collided

Factors which can only be seen and measuredafter a collision has occurred do not play adecisive role in the deployment of an air bag.

Occupant safety 43

>>Safety.

Z

Nor do they provide an indication of air bagdeployment.The vehicle can be deformed considerably,without an air bag being deployed. This is thecase if only parts which are relatively easilydeformed are affected and the rate of decel-eration is not high. Conversely, air bags maybe deployed even though the vehicle suffersonly minor deformation. This is the case if,for example, very rigid vehicle parts such aslongitudinal body members are hit, and suf-ficient deceleration occurs as a result.If the control unit of the restraint systemdetects a side impact or a vehicle rollover,the relevant components of the restraint sys-tem are activated separately depending onthe anticipated type of accident.RThorax/pelvis air bag on the side ofimpact, independently of the EmergencyTensioning Device and the use of the seatbeltThe thorax/pelvis air bag on the front-passenger side deploys under the followingconditions:- the OCS system detects that the front-passenger seat is occupied or

- the belt tongue is engaged in the beltbuckle of the front-passenger seat

RWindow curtain air bag on the side ofimpact, independently of the use of the seatbelt and independently of whether thefront-passenger seat is occupiedRWindow curtain air bags on the driver's andfront-passenger side in certain situationswhen the vehicle rolls over, if the systemdetermines that deployment can offeradditional protection to that provided bythe seat beltREmergency Tensioning Devices, if the sys-tem determines that deployment can offeradditional protection in this situation

i Not all air bags are deployed in an acci-dent. The different air bag systems workindependently of each other.How the air bag system works is determinedby the severity of the accident detected,especially the vehicle deceleration oracceleration and the apparent type of acci-dent:

RFrontal collisionRSide impactRRollover

Children in the vehicle


If a child younger than 12 years and under 5 ft(1.50 m) in height is traveling in the vehicle:

Ralways secure the child in a child restraintsystem suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehi-cles. The child restraint system must beappropriate to the age, weight and size ofthe childRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes in this section in addition tothe child restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructionsRbe sure to observe the instructions andsafety notes in "Occupant classificationsystem (OCS)" (Y page 38)

G WARNING

If you leave children unsupervised in thevehicle, they could set it in motion by, forexample:

Rrelease the parking brake.

Rshift the automatic transmission out ofpark position P or shift manual trans-mission into neutral.

Rstart the engine.

In addition, they may operate vehicleequipment and become trapped. There is arisk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children unsupervised in thevehicle.

G WARNING

If persons, particularly children are sub-jected to prolonged exposure to extremeheat or cold, there is a risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal. Never leave childrenunattended in the vehicle.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is subjected todirect sunlight, parts may get very hot.Children may burn themselves on theseparts, particularly on themetal parts of the

44 Children in the vehicle>>

Safety.

child restraint system. There is a risk ofinjury.

If you leave the vehicle, taking the childwith you, always ensure that the childrestraint system is not exposed to directsunlight. Protect it with a blanket, forexample. If the child restraint system hasbeen exposed to direct sunlight, let it cooldown before securing the child in it. Neverleave children unattended in the vehicle.

Always ensure that all vehicle occupants havetheir seat belts fastened correctly and aresitting properly. Particular attention mustbe paid to children.Read and follow the safety notes on the seatbelt (Y page 33) and the notes on correct use ofthe seat belts (Y page 34).A booster seat may be necessary to achieveproper seat belt positioning for childrenover 41 lbs (18 kg) until they reach a heightwhere a lap/shoulder belt fits properly with-out a booster seat.

Special seat belt retractor

G WARNING

If the seat belt is released while driving,the child restraint system will no longer besecured properly. The special seat beltretractor is disabled and the inertia realdraws in a portion of the seat belt. The seatbelt cannot be immediately refastened.There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal.

Stop the vehicle immediately, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.Reactivate the special seat belt retractorand secure the child restraint system prop-erly.

The seat belt on the front-passenger side isequipped with a special seat belt retractor.When activated, the special seat belt retrac-tor ensures that the seat belt will not slackenonce the child restraint system has beensecured.

Installing a child restraint system:

X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Pull the seat belt smoothly from the beltloop.

X Engage the seat belt tongue in the beltbuckle.

Activating the special seat belt retractor:

X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the seatbelt retractor retract it again.While the seat belt is retracting, youshould hear a ratcheting sound. The specialseat belt retractor is activated.

X Press the child restraint system down sothat the seat belt fits tightly and does notslacken.

Removing a child restraint system and deac-tivating the special seat belt retractor:

X Always comply with the child restraint sys-tem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

X Press the seat belt buckle release button,hold the belt tongue firmly and guide itback towards the belt outlet.The special seat belt retractor is deacti-vated.

Child restraint system

The use of seat belts and child restraint sys-tems is required by law in:

Rall 50 statesRthe U.S. territoriesRthe District of ColumbiaRall Canadian provincesYou can obtain further information about thecorrect child restraint system from anyauthorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is installedincorrectly on a suitable seat, it cannotprotect as intended. The child cannot thenbe restrained in the event of an accident,heavy braking or sudden changes of direc-tion. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Children in the vehicle 45

>>Safety.

Z

Make sure that you observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions and the notes on use.Please ensure, that the base of the childrestraint system is always resting com-pletely on the seat cushion. Never placeobjects, e.g. cushions, under or behind thechild restraint system. Only use childrestraint systems with the original coverdesigned for them. Only replace damagedcovers with genuine covers.

G WARNING

If the child restraint system is installedincorrectly or is not secured, it can comeloose in the event of an accident, heavybraking or a sudden change in direction.The child restraint system could be thrownabout, striking vehicle occupants. There isan increased risk of injury, possibly evenfatal.

Always install child restraint systemsproperly, even if they are not being used.Make sure that you observe the childrestraint system manufacturer's installa-tion instructions.

You will find further information on stowingobjects, luggage or loads under "Loadingguidelines" (Y page 138).

G WARNING

Child restraint systems or their securingsystems which have been damaged or sub-jected to a load in an accident can no longerprotect as intended. The child cannot thenbe restrained in the event of an accident,heavy braking or sudden changes of direc-tion. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal.

Replace child restraint systems which havebeen damaged or subjected to a load in anaccident as soon as possible. Have thesecuring systems on the child restraintsystem checked at a qualified specialistworkshop, before you install a childrestraint system again.

Securing systems for child restraint systemsinclude:

Rthe seat belt systemRthe Top Tether anchorages

i If you install a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat, make sure thatthe backrest is securely engaged(Y page 64).

i If a child is carried on the front-passenger seat, be sure to observe theinformation on "Child restraint systems onthe front-passenger seat" (Y page 47).There you will also find information ondisabling the front-passenger front air-bag.

All child restraint systems must meet the fol-lowing standards:

RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stand-ards 213 and 225RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards213 and 210.2

Confirmation that the child restraint systemcorresponds to the standards can be found onan instruction label on the child restraintsystem. This confirmation can also be foundin the installation instructions that areincluded with the child restraint system.Observe the warning labels in the vehicleinterior and on the child restraint system.

Top Tether

Introduction

Top Tether provides an additional connec-tion between the child restraint system andthe vehicle. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury even further. If the child restraintsystem is fitted with a Top Tether belt, thisshould always be used.

46 Children in the vehicle>>

Safety.

Top Tether anchorages

: Loop; Top Tether anchorage

; Top Tether anchorage= Top Tether hook? Top Tether belt

Top Tether anchorage; is fitted to the lug-gage compartment floor.X Route Top Tether belt? back over the headrestraint, keeping it as central as possi-ble, into the luggage compartment throughloop:.

X Hook Top Tether hook= of Top Tether belt= into Top Tether anchorage;.

Lift up the carpet a little if necessary.Make sure that:

RTop Tether hook= is hooked into TopTether anchorage; as shown.RTop Tether belt? is not twisted.

X Tension Top Tether belt?. Always complywith the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions whendoing so.

Child restraint system on the front-passenger seat

General notes

If you secure a child in a child restraint sys-tem on the front-passenger seat, be sure toobserve the instructions and safety notes onthe "Occupant Classification System (OCS)"(Y page 38).You can thus avoid the risks that could ariseas a result of:

Ran incorrectly categorized person in thefront-passenger seatRthe unsuitable positioning of the childrestraint system, e.g. too close to the dash-board

Rearward-facing child restraint system

If it is absolutely necessary to fit a rear-ward-facing child restraint system to thefront-passenger seat, always make sure thatthe front-passenger front airbag is disa-bled. Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lamp is permanently lit is thefront-passenger front airbag disabled.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Forward-facing child restraint system

If you secure a child in a forward-facingchild restraint system on the front-passenger seat, always move the front-passenger seat as far back as possible. Alwaysmake sure that the shoulder belt strap is cor-rectly routed from the front-passenger seatbelt guide to the shoulder belt guide on thechild restraint system. The shoulder beltstrap must be routed forwards and downwardsfrom the front-passenger seat belt guide. Ifnecessary, adjust the front-passenger seataccordingly.Always observe the child restraint systemmanufacturer's installation and operatinginstructions.

Children in the vehicle 47

>>Safety.

Z

Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING

If you leave animals unattended or unse-cured in the vehicle, they could press but-tons or switches, for example.

As a result, they could:

Ractivate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example

Ractivate or deactivate systems, therebyendangering other road users

Unsecured animals could also be flungaround the vehicle in the event of an acci-dent or sudden steering or braking, therebyinjuring vehicle occupants. There is a riskof an accident and injury.

Never leave animals unattended in thevehicle. Always secure animals properlyduring the journey, e.g. use a suitable ani-mal transport box.

Protection against theft

Immobilizer

The immobilizer prevents your vehicle frombeing started without the correct Smart Key.X To activate: remove the Smart Key from theignition lock.

X To deactivate: switch on the ignition.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmart Key with you and lock the vehicle. Theengine can be started by anyone with a validSmart Key that is left inside the vehicle.

i The immobilizer is always deactivatedwhen you start the engine.In the event that the engine cannot be star-ted when the starter battery is fullycharged, the immobilizer may be faulty.Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Cen-ter or call 1-800-367-6372 (in USA) or1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

Anti-theft alarm system

Triggering the alarm

A visual and audible alarm is triggered if thealarm system is armed and you open:

Rthe vehicle by using the key in the emer-gency lockRa doorRthe tailgateRthe service cover

Arming

X Make sure that:Rthe doors are closed.Rthe tailgate is closed.Rthe service cover is closed.

X Press the& button on the key.The alarm system is armed after approx-imately 30 seconds.

i If the service cover is open or is notproperly closed, the vehicle will belocked. The anti-theft alarm system isarmed. To remind you that the service coveris not secured, a warning tone sounds for30 seconds. Ensure that the service cover isproperly closed. Only then is the anti-theftalarm system correctly armed and the ser-vice cover properly secured.

Switching off

X Press the% button on the key.

orX Unlock the vehicle by using the key in theemergency lock.andSwitch on the ignition.

Switching off the alarm

X To switch off the alarm: press the%button on the key.The alarm is switched off.

orX Switch on the ignition.The alarm is switched off.

The alarm is not switched off, even if youclose the open door that triggered it, forexample.

48 Protection against theft>>

Safety.

Driving safety systems

Overview of driving safety systems

In this section, you will find informationabout the following driving safety systems:

RABS (Anti-lock Braking System)(Y page 49)RDistance warning function (Y page 50)Resp® (Electronic Stability Program)(Y page 51)REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)(Y page 52)


If you fail to adapt your driving style orbecome distracted, the driving safety sys-tems can neither reduce the risk of accidentnor override the laws of physics. Drivingsafety systems are merely aids designed toassist driving. You are responsible for thedistance to the vehicle in front, for vehiclespeed and for braking in good time. Alwaysadapt your driving style to suit the prevail-ing road, weather and traffic conditions andmaintain a safe distance from the vehicle infront. Drive carefully.The driving safety systems described onlywork as effectively as possible when there isadequate contact between the tires and theroad surface. Please pay special attention tothe notes on tires, recommended minimumtire tread depths, etc. (Y page 171).In wintry driving conditions, always use win-ter tires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snowchains. Only in this way will the drivingsafety systems described in this section workas effectively as possible.For safety reasons, smart recommends that youonly use snow chains that have been speciallyapproved for your vehicle by smart, or fine-link snow chains that are of a correspondingstandard of quality. For more information,please contact a qualified specialist work-shop.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)

General information

ABS regulates brake pressure in such a waythat the wheels do not lock when you brake.This allows you to continue steering the vehi-cle when braking.The ! (Canada only) or ò (USA only) abswarning lamp in the instrument cluster lightsup when the ignition is switched on. It goesout when the engine is running.


i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion for driving safety systems (Y page 49).

When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,including driving safety systems, will alsobecome inoperative. Observe the informationon the ABS warning lamp (Y page 128) anddisplay messages which may be shown in theinstrument cluster (Y page 117).

G WARNING

If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock whenbraking. The steerability and brakingcharacteristics may be severely impaired.Additionally, further driving safety sys-tems are deactivated. There is an increaseddanger of skidding and accidents.

Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-diately at a qualified specialist workshop.

abs works from a speed of about 4 mph (6 km/h),regardless of road-surface conditions. ABSworks on slippery surfaces, even if you onlybrake gently.

Braking

X If ABS intervenes: continue to depress thebrake pedal vigorously until the brakingsituation is over.

X To make a full brake application: depressthe brake pedal with full force.

If abs intervenes when braking, you will feela pulsing in the brake pedal.The pulsating brake pedal can be an indica-tion of hazardous road conditions, and func-tions as a reminder to take extra care whiledriving.

Driving safety systems 49

>>Safety.

Z

Forward collision warning

General information

The distance warning function can help you tominimize the risk of a collision with a vehi-cle ahead or reduce the effects of such anaccident. If the distance warning functiondetects that there is a risk of a collision, youwill be warned visually and acoustically.Starting the engine also switches on the dis-tance warning function.


G WARNING

The distance warning function does notreact:

Rto people or animals

Rto oncoming vehicles

Rto crossing traffic

Rwhen cornering

Thus, the distance warning function cannotprovide a warning in all critical situa-tions. There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and be ready to brake.

G WARNING

The distance warning function cannotalways clearly identify objects and com-plex traffic situations.

In such cases, the distance warning func-tion may:

Rgive an unnecessary warning

Rnot give a warning

There is a risk of an accident.

Always pay careful attention to the trafficsituation and do not rely solely on the dis-tance warning function.

Observe the "Important safety notes" sectionfor driving safety systems (Y page 49).

In particular, the detection of obstacles canbe impaired if:

Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything elsecovering the sensors.Rsnow or heavy rainRinterference by other radar sourcesRthe possibility of strong radar reflec-tions, for example in parking garagesRa narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. amotorbikeRa vehicle traveling in front on a differentlineRnew vehicles or after a service on the dis-tance warning systemPlease observe the information in the sec-tion on running-in the vehicle(Y page 85).

Following damage to the front end of the vehi-cle, have the configuration and operation ofthe radar sensor checked at a qualified spe-cialist workshop. This also applies to colli-sions at low speeds where there is no visibledamage to the front of the vehicle.

Function

X To switch off: press button;.Indicator lamp: lights up.

X To switch on: press button;.Indicator lamp: goes out.

Starting at a speed of around 4 mph (7 km/h),the distance warning function warns you ifyou rapidly approach a vehicle in front. Anintermittent warning tone will then soundand the· distance warning lamp willlight up in the instrument cluster.

50 Driving safety systems>>

Safety.

X Brake immediately in order to increase thedistance from the vehicle in front.

orX Take evasive action, provided it is safe todo so.

Due to the nature of the system, particularlycomplicated but non-critical driving condi-tions may also cause the system to display awarning.With the help of the radar sensor system, thedistance warning function can detect obsta-cles that are in the path of your vehicle for anextended period of time.Up to a speed of around 45 mph (70 km/h), thedistance warning function can also react tostationary obstacles, such as stopped orparked vehicles.

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)

General notes

i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-tion (Y page 49).

esp®monitors driving stability and traction,i.e. power transmission between the tires andthe road surface.

If esp® detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, oneor more wheels are braked to stabilize thevehicle. The engine output is also modifiedto keep the vehicle on the desired coursewithin physical limits. esp® assists thedriver when pulling away on wet or slipperyroads. esp® can also stabilize the vehicleduring braking.

ETS (Electronic Traction System)


ETS traction control is part of esp®.ETS brakes the drive wheels individually ifthey spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for exampleif the road surface is slippery on one side. Inaddition, more drive torque is transferred tothe wheel with traction.


G WARNING

If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable tostabilize the vehicle. Additionally, fur-ther driving safety systems are deactiva-ted. This increases the risk of skidding andan accident.

Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

! If you test the parking brake using a brakedynamometer, switch the ignition off.Application of the brakes by ESP® may oth-erwise destroy the brake system.

When towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised, observe the notes on esp®

(Y page 166).

If the ÷ esp® warning lamp lights up per-manently, esp® or hill start assist areunavailable due to a malfunction.Observe the information on warning lamps(Y page 130) and display messages which maybe shown in the instrument cluster(Y page 117).

i Only use wheels with the recommendedtire sizes. Only then will esp® functionproperly.

Characteristics of ESP®

General information

If the ÷ esp® warning lamp goes out beforethe journey begins, esp® is automaticallyactive.

If esp® intervenes, the ÷ esp® warninglamp flashes in the instrument cluster.

If esp® intervenes:

X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary when pulling away.

X Adapt your driving style to suit the pre-vailing road and weather conditions.

Driving safety systems 51

>>Safety.

Z

Crosswind Assist

General informationStrong crosswinds can cause your vehicle todeviate from a straight course. The crosswinddriving assistance function integrated intoesp® significantly reduces these effects.

esp® intervenes automatically according tothe direction and intensity of the crosswindsaffecting your vehicle.

esp® intervenes with stabilizing braking toassist you in keeping the vehicle in the lane.crosswind assist is active at vehicle speedsabove 45 mph (70 km/h) when driving straightahead or cornering gently.


crosswind assist does not work if esp® is dis-abled because of a malfunction.

EBD (electronic brake force distribu-tion)

General information

EBD monitors and controls the brake pressureon the rear wheels to improve driving sta-bility while braking.



G WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheelscan lock, e.g. under full braking. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an acci-dent.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle to the different handling character-istics. Have the brake system checked at aqualified specialist workshop.

Observe information regarding indicatorand warning lamps (Y page 130) as well asdisplay messages (Y page 116).

52 Driving safety systems>>

Safety.

SmartKey


G WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in thevehicle, they could:

Ropen the doors, thus endangering otherpeople or road users.

Rget out and disrupt traffic.

Roperate the vehicle's equipment.

Additionally, children could set the vehi-cle in motion if, for example, they:



Rstart the engine.

There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take theSmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.Never leave children or animals unattendedin the vehicle. Always keep the SmartKeyout of reach of children.

G WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to theSmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-tionally turned in the ignition lock. Thiscould cause the engine to be switched off.There is a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects tothe SmartKey. Remove any bulky key ringsbefore inserting the SmartKey into theignition lock.

! Keep the SmartKey away from strong mag-netic fields. Otherwise, the remote controlfunction could be affected.Strong magnetic fields can occur in thevicinity of powerful electrical installa-tions.

Do not keep the SmartKey:

Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobilephone or another SmartKeyRwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metalfoilRinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case

SmartKey functions

: % Unlocks the driver's door/vehicle; & Locks the vehicle= Opens the tailgate

X To unlock the driver's door: press the%button.

The% button must be pressed a secondtime within 20 seconds to unlock the front-passenger's door. This function can be acti-vated or deactivated in the smart Media-Sys-tem (see the separate operating instruc-tions).

If you do not open the vehicle within approx-imately 2 minutes of unlocking:

Rthe vehicle is locked again.Rprotection against theft is reactivatedX To unlock and open the tailgate: press andhold the button on the key.

X To lock centrally: press the& button.

The SmartKey centrally locks/unlocks:

Rthe doorsRthe tailgateRthe fuel filler flapWhen unlocking, the turn signals flash once.When locking, they flash twice.Locking is confirmed by an audible signal.

SmartKey 53

>>Opening

andclosing.

Z

SmartKey battery


G WARNING

Batteries contain toxic and corrosive sub-stances. If batteries are swallowed, it canresult in severe health problems. There is arisk of fatal injury.

Keep batteries out of the reach of children.If a battery is swallowed, seek medicalattention immediately.

The SmartKey batteries contain perchloratematerial, which may require special han-dling and regard for the environment.National guidelines must be observed duringdisposal. In California, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.smart recommends that you have the batterieschanged at a qualified specialist workshop.

Replacing the battery

You require a CR 2032 3V cell battery.

X Insert a suitable tool, such as a coin, intothe opening of the key. Turn the tool untilcover: of the battery tray opens. Whendoing so, do not hold cover: shut.

X Remove battery tray cover:.

X Remove battery;.X Insert the new battery with the positiveterminal facing upwards. Use a lint-freecloth to do so.

X Make sure that the surface of the battery isfree of lint, grease and other contami-nants.

X Insert battery tray cover: into the hous-ing and press to close.

X Check the function of all SmartKey buttonson the vehicle.

54 SmartKey>>

Opening

andclosing.

Problems with the SmartKey


You cannot lock orunlock the vehicleusing the SmartKey.

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the SmartKey. Do this by pressing the% or&button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle.

If this does not work:X Change the key battery if necessary (Y page 54).X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock(Y page 57) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking(Y page 57).

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.X Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote controlfunction of the SmartKey. Do this by pressing the% or&button in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle.

The SmartKey is faulty.X Unlock the vehicle with the key in the emergency lock(Y page 57) or lock the vehicle with the emergency locking(Y page 57).

X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You have lost a Smart-Key.

X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist work-shop.

X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

The engine cannot bestarted using theSmartKey.

the on-board voltage is too low.X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or inte-rior lighting, and try to start the engine again.

If this does not work:X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary(Y page 159).

orX Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 162).orX Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The steering lock is mechanically blocked.X Remove the SmartKey and reinsert it into the ignition lock.When you turn the key, turn the steering wheel in both direc-tions.

SmartKey 55

>>Opening

andclosing.

Z

Doors


G WARNING








Rstart the engine.



Preferably stow luggage or loads in the lug-gage compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 138).

Unlocking and opening doors from theinside

X Pull door handle:.The door opens.

You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.X Pull door handle:.The door unlocks and opens.

If the vehicle has previously been locked withthe key, opening a door from the inside willtrigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switchoff the alarm (Y page 48).

Centrally locking or unlocking thevehicle from the inside

You can centrally lock or unlock the vehiclefrom the inside. This can be useful if you wishto lock the vehicle before pulling away, forexample.

X To lock:when the vehicle is unlocked, pressbutton:.The vehicle locks when all the doors and thetailgate are closed. Indicator lamp;lights up.

X To unlock:when the vehicle is locked, pressbutton:.The vehicle is unlocked. Indicator lamp;goes out.

You can open a door from inside the vehicleeven if it has been locked.If the vehicle has previously been locked withthe key element, opening a door from theinside will trigger the anti-theft alarm sys-tem. Switch off the alarm (Y page 48).If a locked door is opened from the inside, theprevious unlocking is taken into account, if:

Rit was locked using the locking button forthe central locking, orRit was locked automaticallyThe vehicle will be fully unlocked if it hadpreviously been fully unlocked. If only the

56 Doors>>

Opening

andclosing.

driver's door had been previously unlocked,then only the door which has been opened formthe inside is unlocked.You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally fromthe inside if the vehicle has been locked withthe SmartKey.

Automatic locking feature

X To deactivate: with the ignition switchedon, press and hold button: for about fiveseconds until a tone sounds.

X To activate with the ignition switched on,press and hold button: for about fiveseconds until a tone sounds.

The vehicle is locked automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels areturning.You could therefore lock yourself out if:

Rthe vehicle is being pushed.Rthe vehicle is being towed.Rthe vehicle is on a roller dynamometer.You can also switch the automatic lockingfunction on or off in the smart Media-System;see the separate operating instructions.

Unlocking the driver's door (emer-gency lock)

If you can no longer unlock the vehicle usingthe remote control key, use the emergencylock.If you use the key element in the emergencylock to unlock and open the driver's door, theanti-theft alarm system will be triggered.Switch off the alarm (Y page 48).

X Carefully remove the cover from the emer-gency lock.

X Insert the key element into the emergencylock of the driver's door as far as it will go.

X Turn the key element anti-clockwise as faras it will go to position1.The door is unlocked.

X Turn the key element back and remove it.X Replace the cover on the emergency lockand press until it engages.

Locking the driver's door (emergencylocking)

If you can no longer lock the vehicle using theremote control key, use the locking button onthe instrument cluster (Y page 56).X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Open the driver's door.X Close the front-passenger door and thetailgate.

X Press and hold the locking button for atleast 5 seconds (Y page 56).After 5 seconds the vehicle is audiblylocked.

X Leave the vehicle and close the driver'sdoor.Do not leave the SmartKey in the vehicle.Otherwise, you could lock yourself out.The doors, tailgate and fuel filler flap arelocked. The anti-theft alarm system isprimed.

X Make sure that the doors and the tailgateare locked.

If this does not work, use the emergency key tolock the vehicle.X Open the driver's door.

Doors 57

>>Opening

andclosing.

Z

X Close the front-passenger door and thetailgate.

X Press the locking button (Y page 56).X Check whether the front-passenger door islocked. If necessary, carry out the follow-ing steps on both doors.

X Insert the tip of the key element intoslit:.

X Turn the key element anti-clockwise as faras it will go to position2.

On the passenger door, the direction ofrotation is reversed.

X Close the driver's door.X Check that the doors are locked.

i If you lock the vehicle using the emer-gency locking, the tailgate and fuel fillerflap are not locked. The anti-theft alarmsystem is not primed.

Cargo compartment


G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle ismoving, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.

G WARNING

If objects, luggage or loads are not securedor not secured sufficiently, they couldslip, tip over or be flung around andthereby hit vehicle occupants. There is arisk of injury, particularly in the event ofsudden braking or a sudden change indirection.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping beforethe journey.

! Do not exceed the lower tailgate maximumload of 220 lbs (100 kg). It may otherwisebecome damaged.

! The tailgates swings backwards, upwardsand downwards when opened. Therefore,make sure that there is sufficient spaceabove, behind and under the tailgates.

i The opening dimensions of the tailgatecan be found in the "Vehicle data" section(Y page 204).

Preferably stow luggage or loads in the lug-gage compartment. Observe the loadingguidelines (Y page 138).Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com-partment. You could otherwise lock yourselfout.

Opening or closing

Opening the upper tailgate

X If the vehicle is locked, first press the% button on the key.

58 Cargo compartment>>

Opening

andclosing.

Press button:.The upper tailgate opens slightly.

orX Press and hold the button on the key.The upper tailgate opens slightly.

orX Press the button on the left under thesteering wheel.The upper tailgate opens slightly.

X Swing the upper tailgate up.

Opening the lower tailgate

X Pull release catch: upwards.Swing the lower tailgate down.

Closing the tailgate

X Swing the lower tailgate upwards until itengages audibly.

X Pull the upper tailgate down and pushclosed.

X If necessary, lock the vehicle with the&button on the key.

Side windows


G WARNING

While closing the side windows, body partsin the closing area could become trapped.There is a risk of injury.

When closing make sure that no parts of thebody are in the closing area. If somebodybecomes trapped, release the switch orpress the switch to open the side windowagain.

G WARNING

If children operate the side windows theycould become trapped, particularly if theyare left unsupervised. There is a risk ofinjury.


Side window reversing feature

In vehicles with the convenience feature, theside windows are equipped with an automaticreversing feature. If a solid object blocks orrestricts a side window from travelingupwards during the automatic closing proc-ess, the side window opens again automati-cally. During the manual closing process, theside window only opens again automaticallyafter the corresponding switch is released.The automatic reversing feature is only anaid and is no substitute for your attentionwhen closing a side window.

G WARNING

The reversing feature does not react:

Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. smallfingers

Rwhile resetting

This means that the reversing feature can-not prevent someone being trapped in thesesituations. There is a risk of injury.

Side windows 59

>>Opening

andclosing.

Z

Make sure that no body parts are in closeproximity during the closing procedure. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, press the switchto open the side window again.

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immedi-ately after it has been blocked or reset, theside window closes with increased or max-imum force. The reversing feature is thennot active. Parts of the body could be trap-ped in the closing area in the process. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are inthe closing area. To stop the closing proc-ess, release the switch or push the switchagain to reopen the side window.

Opening or closing the side window

The switches for both side windows are loca-ted on the driver's door. There is also aswitch for the front-passenger side windowon the front-passenger door.The switch on the driver’s door takes prece-dence.

: Left; Right

X Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X To open manually: press and hold the cor-responding button.

X To open fully: press the button beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic closing is started.

X To close manually: pull the correspondingbutton and hold it.

X Vehicles with convenience control:To close fully: pull the button beyond thepoint of resistance and release it.Automatic closing is started.

X To interrupt automatic opening/closing:press/pull the corresponding switchagain.

i If you press the switch beyond the point ofresistance while opening, automatic oper-ation is started. In vehicles with conveni-ence control, you can also start automaticoperation when closing. To do so, pull theswitch beyond the point of resistance.You can stop automatic operation by oper-ating the switch again.

i You can continue to operate the side win-dows after turning the key to position 0 inthe ignition lock or removing the key. Thisfunction remains active for 3 minutes oruntil you open a door.

Resetting the side window

You must reset each side window if:

Rthe side window opens again slightly afterbeing closed fully.Rthe side window can no longer be fullyopened or closed.

X Close all the doors.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Pull the corresponding switch on the doorcontrol panel until the side window is com-pletely closed (Y page 60).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.

If the side window opens again slightly:

X Immediately pull the corresponding switchon the door control panel until the sidewindow is completely closed (Y page 60).

X Hold the switch for an additional second.X If the respective side window remainsclosed after the button is released, then ithas been set correctly. If this is not thecase, repeat the steps above again.

60 Side windows>>

Opening

andclosing.

Problems with the side windows

G WARNING

If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the sidewindow closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active.Parts of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increasedrisk of injury or even fatal injury.

Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process,release the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.


A side window cannot beclosed because it isblocked by objects, e.g.leaves in the windowguide.

X Remove the objects.X Close the side window.

A side window cannot beclosed and you cannotsee the cause.

If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens againslightly:

X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed with increased force.

If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopensagain slightly:

X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the correspondingswitch again until the side window has closed.The side window is closed without the anti-entrapment feature.

Operating the roller sunblind for thepanoramic roof

The roller sunblind shields the vehicle inte-rior from sunlight.

X To open: press the roller sunblind up by theouter edge of recess: and slide it back-wards.

X To close: pull the roller sunblind forwardby the outer edge of recess: until it isfully closed.

Operating the roller sunblind for the panoramic roof 61

>>Opening

andclosing.

Z

Correcting the driver's seat position

G WARNING

You could lose control of your vehicle if youdo the following while driving:

Radjust the driver's seat, steering wheelor mirrors

Rfasten the seat belt


Adjust the driver's seat, steering wheel ormirrors and fasten your seat belt beforestarting the engine.

Example

Observe the safety guidelines on seat adjust-ment (Y page 62).X Make sure that seat= is adjusted prop-erly.Adjusting the seats (Y page 63)When adjusting the seat, make sure that:

Ryou are as far away from the driver's airbag as possible.Ryou are sitting in a normal upright posi-tion.Ryou can fasten the seat belt properly.Ryou have moved the backrest to an almostvertical position.Ryou can depress the pedals properly.

Observe the safety guidelines on steeringwheel adjustment (Y page 66).

X Make sure that steering wheel: is adjus-ted properly.Adjusting the steering wheel (Y page 66)When adjusting the steering wheel, makesure that:

Ryou can hold the steering wheel with yourarms slightly bent.Ryou can move your legs freely.Ryou can see all the displays in theinstrument cluster clearly.

Observe the safety guidelines for seat belts(Y page 33).X Check whether you have fastened seatbelt; properly (Y page 34).

The seat belt should:

Rfit snugly across your bodyRbe routed across the middle of yourshoulderRbe routed in your pelvic area across thehip joints

X Before starting off, adjust the rear-viewmirror and the exterior mirrors(Y page 67) in such a way that you have agood view of road and traffic conditions.

Seats


G WARNING

Children could become trapped if theyadjust the seats, particularly when unat-tended. There is a risk of injury.


G WARNING

If the driver's seat is not engaged, it couldmove unexpectedly while the vehicle is inmotion. This could cause you to lose controlof the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Always make sure that the driver's seat isengaged before starting the vehicle.

62 Seats>>

Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

G WARNING






G WARNING

When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicleoccupants could become trapped, e.g. on theseat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure when adjusting a seat that no onehas any body parts in the sweep of the seat.

G WARNING

The seat belt does not offer the intendedlevel of protection if you have not movedthe backrest to an almost vertical position.When braking or in the event of an accident,you could slide underneath the seat belt andsustain abdomen or neck injuries, forexample. This poses an increased risk ofinjury or even fatal injury.

Adjust the seat properly before beginningyour journey. Always ensure that the back-rest is in an almost vertical position andthat the shoulder section of your seat beltis routed across the center of your shoul-der.

Observe the safety notes on "Airbags"(Y page 36) and "Children in the vehicle"(Y page 44).

! To avoid damage to the seats and the seatheating, observe the following informa-tion:

Rkeep liquids from spilling on the seats.If liquid is spilled on the seats, dry themas soon as possible.Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do notswitch on the seat heating. The seat heat-ing should also not be used to dry theseats.

Rclean the seat covers as recommended;see the "Interior care" section.Rdo not transport heavy loads on the seats.Do not place sharp objects on the seatcushions, e.g. knives, nails or tools. Theseats should only be occupied by passen-gers, if possible.Rwhen the seat heating is in operation, donot cover the seats with insulating mate-rials, e.g. blankets, coats, bags, seatcovers, child seats or booster seats.

! Make sure that there are no objects in thefootwell under or behind the seats whenmoving the seats back. There is a risk thatthe seats and/or the objects could be dam-aged.

Adjusting the seats

Illustration of variant 1


Seat fore-and-aft adjustment

X Remove the seat belt from the belt loop byopening the press stud.

Seats 63

>>Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

Z

X Lift handle= and slide the seat forwardsor rearwards.

X Release lever= again.Make sure that you hear the seat engage inposition.

Backrest angle

Variant 1

X Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Turn handwheel: forwards or backwards.

Variant 2

X Relieve the pressure on the backrest.X Pull release lever:.The backrest is released.

X Move the backrest forwards or backwards.X Let go of release lever: again.

Seat height1

X Only variant 2: pull handle; up or push itdown repeatedly until the seat has reachedthe desired height.

Folding down the front-passenger seat

You can increase the size of the luggage com-partment by folding the front-passenger seatbackrest forwards.Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 138)and the notes in the "Child restraint systemon the front-passenger seat" section(Y page 47).

Folding down



Variant 1:

X Slide the right-hand front seat to its rear-most position.

X Turn handwheel: forward until thedesired seat backrest position is achieved

Variant 2:


X Hold onto the backrest at the head restraintwith one hand.

X Pull release lever:.The backrest is released.

X Fold the seat forwards.

1 Only driver's seat, depending on equipment.

64 Seats>>

Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

Folding back

G WARNING

If the seat backrest is not engaged, it mayfold forwards, e.g. during braking or in theevent of an accident.

RAs a result, a backrest which is notengaged would press you into the seatbelt. The seat belt can no longer offer theintended level of protection and can evencause injuries.

RThe backrest cannot restrain objects orloads in the trunk.

There is an increased risk of injury.

Before every journey, make sure that thebackrest is engaged as described.

Variant 1:

X Turn handwheel: back until the desiredseat backrest position is achieved

Variant 2:

X Pull release lever:.The backrest is released.

X Fold the backrest backwards.X Ensure that the seat backrest is engagedagain.

Switching the seat heating on/off

Activating/deactivating

G WARNING

Repeatedly switching on the seat heatingcan cause the seat cushion and backrest

pads to become very hot. The health of per-sons with limited temperature sensitivityor a limited ability to react to excessivelyhigh temperatures may be affected or theymay even suffer burn-like injuries. Thereis a risk of injury.

Therefore, do not switch the seat heating onrepeatedly.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 86).

X To switch on: press button;.Indicator lamp: in the button lights up.

X To switch off: press button;.Indicator lamp: in the button goes out.

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seatheating may switch off.The seat heating switches off automati-cally after about 10 minutes.

Problems with the seat heating


The seat heating hasswitched off prema-turely or cannot beswitched on.

The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical con-sumers are switched on.X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as therear window defroster or interior lighting.Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heating willswitch back on automatically.

Seats 65

>>Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

Z

Steering wheel


G WARNING






G WARNING

Children could injure themselves if theyadjust the steering wheel. There is a risk ofinjury.


Adjusting the steering wheel

G WARNING

If the steering wheel is unlocked while thevehicle is in motion, it could change posi-tion unexpectedly. This could cause you tolose control of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident.

Before starting off, make sure the steeringwheel is locked. Never unlock the steeringwheel while the vehicle is in motion.

: Release lever; To adjust the steering wheel height

X Push release lever: down completely.The steering column is unlocked.

X Set desired steering wheel height;.X Push release lever: up completely.The steering column is locked.

X Check if the steering column is locked. Todo so, try and push the steering wheel up ordown.

Mirrors

Rear-view mirror

X Anti-glare mode: pivot anti-glareswitch: forwards or back.

66 Mirrors>>

Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

Exterior mirrors


G WARNING






G WARNING

The exterior mirrors reduce the size of theimage. Visible objects are actually closerthan they appear. This means that you couldmisjudge the distance from road userstraveling behind, e.g. when changing lane.There is a risk of an accident.

For this reason, always make sure of theactual distance from the road users trav-eling behind by glancing over your shoul-der.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors manually

X To adjust the mirror: move lever: to theright or left, up or down.

Adjusting the exterior mirrors electri-cally

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition (Y page 86).

X To select an exterior mirror: turn control= to position1 for the left exterior mir-ror or to position2 for the right exteriormirror.

X To adjust the mirror:move control= to theright or left, up or down.

The exteriormirrors can be heated by switch-ing on the rear window heating (Y page 82).

Exterior mirror pushed out of position

If an exterior mirror has been pushed for-wards or backwards out of position, push theexterior mirror into the correct positionmanually.

Mirrors 67

>>Seats,steering

wheelandmirrors.

Z

Exterior lighting

General notes

For reasons of safety, smart recommends thatyou drive with the lights switched on evenduring the daytime. In some countries, oper-ation of the headlamps varies due to legalrequirements and self-imposed obligations.

Exterior lighting settings

Operation

: Combination switch control; Marking3$ Lights off4 T Standing lamp, parking lamp,

license plate lighting5 K High-beam headlamps6Ã Automatic headlamp mode, control-

led by the light sensor7 L Low-beam headlamps

D MarkingE Combination switch middle ringÌ N Front fog lampsÍ R Rear fog lamp

If you hear a warning tone when you leave thevehicle, the lights may still be switched on.

X Turn combination switch control: untilÃ or$ is at marking;.

When in theÃ position the exterior light-ing switches off automatically if you:

Rswitch off the engineRopen the driver's doorRlock the vehicleRdo not switch on the high beam headlamps

Automatic headlamp mode

Ã is the favored light switch setting. Thelight setting is automatically selectedaccording to the brightness of the ambientlight (exception: poor visibility due toweather conditions such as fog, snow orspray):RWith the engine running: depending on theambient light conditions, the daytimedriving lights or the parking and low beamheadlamps are switched on or off automat-ically

X To switch on automatic headlampmode: turncombination switch control: untilÃis at marking;.

G WARNING

When the light switch is set toÃ, thelow-beam headlamps may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or othercauses of poor visibility due to the weatherconditions such as spray. There is a risk ofan accident.

In such situations, turn the light switch toL.

The automatic headlamp feature is only anaid. The driver is responsible for the vehi-cle's lighting at all times.

Low-beam headlamps

X To switch on: turn combination switch con-trol: until L is at marking;.The L indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up.

68 Exterior lighting>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

Parking lamps

X To switch on: turn combination switch con-trol: until T is at marking;.

Canada only: the parking lamps are onlyswitched on when the engine is switched off.When the engine is running, the low beamheadlamps are switched on.

Front fog lamps

Only vehicles with front fog lamps have thefog lamps function.X To switch on: make sure that the parkinglamps or low beam headlamps are switchedon.

X Turn combination switch middle ringEuntil markingD is at N.The N indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up.After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral position.

X To switch off: turn combination switchmiddle ringE until markingD is atN.The N indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral position.

i If you switch off the engine (only in theÃ position) or turn off the lights, thefoglamps are also switched off.

Rear fog lamp

X To switch on: make sure that the fog lampsor low beam headlamps are switched on.

X Turn combination switch middle ringEuntil markingD is at R.The R indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up.After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral position.

X To switch off: turn combination switchmiddle ringE until markingD is atR.The R indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.After releasing, the middle ring returnsautomatically back to the neutral position.

i If you switch off the engine (only in theÃ position) or turn off the lights, therear foglamps are also switched off.

Switching on the turn signals

X Start the engine.X To indicate briefly: press the combinationswitch briefly to the pressure point in thedirection of arrow: (right turn signal)or; (left turn signal).The corresponding turn signal flashesthree times.

X To indicate: press the combination switchbeyond the pressure point in the directionof arrow: (right turn signal) or; (leftturn signal).

Switching on the high beam headlampsand high beam flasher

High-beam headlamps

X To switch on: start the engine.X Turn the combination switch control until

K orÃ (if available) is at the mark-ing.

Exterior lighting 69

>>Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

Z

X Press the combination switch beyond thepressure point in the direction ofarrow:.The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up.

X To deactivate: move combination switch:back to its normal position.The K indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster goes out.

High-beam flasher

X To switch on: pull the combination switchin the direction of arrow;.

Hazard warning lamps

The hazard warning lamps automaticallyswitch on if:

Ran air bag is deployedRthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from aspeed of above 45mph (70 km/h) and comes toa standstill

X To switch on the hazard warning lamps:press button:.All turn signals flash.

X To switch off the hazard warning lamps:press button:.

The hazard warning lamps switch off automat-ically if the vehicle reaches a speed of above6 mph (10 km/h) again after a full brake appli-cation.

i The hazard warning lamps still operate ifthe ignition is switched off.

Headlamps fogged up on the inside

Certain climatic and physical conditionsmay cause moisture to form in the headlamp.This moisture does not affect the function-ality of the headlamp.

Interior lighting

Overview

: Interior lighting; Switches the left-hand reading lamp

on/off= Depending on the position of the switch:

Interior lighting switched onAutomatic interior lighting control onInterior lighting switched off

? Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off

The interior lighting is switched on when adoor is open: if the corresponding door isclosed correctly the interior lighting goesout.

Interior lighting control

If the doors are unlocked with the remote con-trol, the interval timer for the interiorlighting is triggered. The interval timerrestarts when a door is opened.The front interior lighting and the luggagecompartment light go out gradually.

70 Interior lighting>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

The interior lighting interval timer isswitched off:

Rif a door remains open, the interior light-ing switches off after 15 minutes withoutdimmingRif all doors (with additional locking mech-anism) are closed, the interior lightingswitches off after 15 secondsRif all doors (without locking mechanism)are closed, the interior lighting switchesoff after 3 to 4 minutesRas soon as the engine is started and for aslong as the engine is running

Replacing bulbs


G WARNING

Bulbs, lamps and connectors can get veryhot when operating. If you change a bulb,you could burn yourself on these compo-nents. There is a risk of injury.

Allow these components to cool down beforechanging a bulb.

Do not use a bulb that has been dropped or ifits glass tube has been scratched.The bulb may explode if:

Ryou touch itRit is hotRyou drop itRyou scratch itOnly operate bulbs in enclosed lampsdesigned for that purpose. Only fit sparebulbs of the same type and the specified volt-age.Marks on the glass tube reduce the servicelife of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tubewith your bare hands. If necessary, clean theglass tube when cold with alcohol or spiritand rub it off with a lint-free cloth.Protect bulbs from moisture during opera-tion. Do not allow bulbs to come into contactwith liquids.Replace only the bulbs listed (Y page 71).If you require assistance replacing bulbs,consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the new bulb still does not light up, consulta qualified specialist workshop.The daytime driving lights and part of therear light clusters of your vehicle are equip-ped with LED light bulbs. Do not replace thesebulbs yourself. Contact a qualified special-ist workshop which has the necessary spe-cialist knowledge and tools to carry out thework required.Headlamps and lamps are an important aspectof vehicle safety. You must therefore makesure that these function correctly at alltimes. Have the headlamp setting checkedregularly.

Overview: changing bulbs/bulb types

You can replace the following bulbs. The bulbtype can be found in the legend.

: Low-beam/high-beam headlamps: HB2; Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W= Foglamps: H16

Tail lamp: Tail lamp/brake lamp/side marker lamp:

P 21 5 W; Rear fog lamp: P 21 W

Replacing bulbs 71


wipers.

Z

= Backup lamp: W 16 W? Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W

Tail lamps (vehicles with partial LEDs): Turn signal lamp: PY 21 W; Backup lamp: W 16 W

: License plate lighting: W 5 W

: Side turn signal lamps: WY 5 W

: Interior lighting: W 5 W

Changing the front bulbs


G WARNING

The radiator fan may continue to run afterthe engine has been switched off or startwithout warning. There is a risk of injury.

If you need to operate in the front area:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rtake off jewelry and watches

Rnever reach into the fan rotation area

Rkeep clothing and hair, for example, awayfrom the fan.

Turn signal

X To remove the cover in the front wheelarch: switch off the lighting system.

X Turn the front wheels inwards.X Press spring clip: down.X Slide cover; back and remove it.

72 Replacing bulbs>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

X Turn bulb holder: anti-clockwise andremove.

X Remove the bulb out of bulb holder:.X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder:.X Insert bulb holder: and turn it clockwiseuntil it engages.

X To fit the cover in the front wheel arch:insert cover; again and lock in place.

Low-beam/high-beam headlamps

X Switch off the lights.X Open the service cover (Y page 147).X Remove cover:.X Pull out the connector.X Simultaneously press retainer; forwardand to the right and then remove the lamp.

X Insert the new bulb and engage it in place.X Insert the connector.X Position cover: and press into place.

Front fog lamps

Due to their location, have the bulbs in thefront fog lamps changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

X Switch off the lights.X Remove the two screws: at the bottom ofthe front wheel arch using a suitable tool.

X Bend back the cover using your hand.X Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise andremove it.

X Remove the bulb out of bulb holder.X Insert new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert the bulb holder and turn it clockwiseuntil it engages.

X Bend the cover back into position.X Tighten the two screws: again.

Side turn signal lamps

X Insert a flat tool into recess: and leverside turn signal lamp; forwards and out.

X Remove the bulb holder from side turn sig-nal lamp; by turning it a quarter turnanti-clockwise.

X Pull the bulb out of bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.

Replacing bulbs 73


wipers.

Z

X Insert the bulb holder into side turn signallamp; and turn it a quarter turn clock-wise.

X Insert side turn signal lamp;.

Changing the rear bulbs

Tail lamp

X Switch off the lights.X To remove: open the upper and lower tail-gate (Y page 58).

X Remove two screws: on the tail lamp usinga suitable slotted screwdriver.

X Carefully take out the lamp.X To release the connector: insert a suitableslotted screwdriver under the plastichanger, lift a small plastic piece upwardsand remove the connector.

Bulb holder: Tail lamp/brake lamp/side marker lamps

(only vehicles without partial LEDs); Turn signal= Backup lamp? Rear foglamp (vehicles without partial

LEDs)

X Unclip four bulb holder tabsA and care-fully remove the bulb holder.

X Remove the corresponding bulb from thebulb holder.

X Insert the new bulb.X Re-install bulb holder.Four bulb holder tabsA must audiblyengage.

X Insert the connector.X Insert the lamp again.X Tighten the two screws: on the tail lampagain.

License plate lamp

X To remove: release catch: of the lamp lensusing a suitable tool.

X Remove the lamp lens.

X Remove bulb: from the bulb holder.X Insert the new bulb.X Re-insert the lamp lens into the licenseplate lamp.

74 Replacing bulbs>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

Replacing the interior lighting

X Remove lamp lens: with a flat tool, e.g. ascrewdriver.

X Take the bulb to be replaced out of the bulbholder.

X Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder.X Insert lamp lens:.

Windshield wipers

Switching the windshield wiperson/off

! Do not operate the windshield wiperswhen the windshield is dry, as this coulddamage the wiper blades. Moreover, dustthat has collected on the windshield canscratch the glass if wiping takes placewhen the windshield is dry.If it is necessary to switch on the wind-shield wipers in dry weather conditions,always use washer fluid when operating thewindshield wipers.

! Make sure that the front windshield wip-ers are free of ice. The wiper motor couldotherwise overheat.

! If the windshield wipers leave smears onthe windshield after the vehicle has beenwashed in an automatic car wash, wax orother residues may be the reason for this.Clean the windshield using washer fluidafter washing the vehicle in an automaticcar wash.

! Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the wind-shield becomes dirty in dry weather con-ditions, the windshield wipers may beactivated inadvertently. This could then

damage the windshield wiper blades orscratch the windshield.For this reason, you should always switchoff the windshield wipers in dry weather.

Combination switch: Control for wiping frequency and sensi-

tivity of the rain sensor2 0 Windshield wipers off3 © Intermittent wipe

Ã Automatic wipe (rain sensor)4 1 Continuous wipe, slow5 2 Continuous wipe, fastB î Wipes with washer fluid

X To switch on: turn the key to position 1 or 2in the ignition lock (Y page 86).

X Press the combination switch to the ©position or 1.

orX Start the engine (Y page 86).X Press the combination switch down or up tothe corresponding position.

X To wipe with washer fluid î: pull thecombination switch towards the steeringwheel.

X To switch off: press the combination switchto position 0.

Position 2 changes to position 1 when theengine is stopped.In position 1 or in the © position, thewindshield wipers stop automatically whenthe engine is stopped and the driver's door isopened.Vehicles with a rain sensor: in positionÃthe windshield wipers stop automaticallywhen the engine is stopped.The windshield will no longer be wiped prop-erly if the wiper blades are worn. This could

Windshield wipers 75


wipers.

Z

prevent you from observing the traffic con-ditions.

Intermittent wipe

Vehicles with a rain sensor: the appropriatewiping frequency is automatically setaccording to the intensity of the rain. Withintermittent wiping you can also adjust thesensitivity of the rain sensor using con-trol:. When the sensitivity is set to high,the windshield wiper wipes more frequently.X To switch on: start the engine (Y page 86).X Press the combination switch to theÃposition.The windshield wipers sweep once.

Switching the rear windowwiper on/off

Combination switch: Control2 $ Rear window wiper off3 è Rear window wiper on4 ô Wiping with washer fluid

X Turn the key to position 2 in the ignitionlock or start the engine (Y page 86).

X Turn control: on the combination switchto the corresponding position.

Replacing the wiper blades


G WARNING

If the windshield wipers begin to movewhile you are changing the wiper blades,

you could be trapped by the wiper arm.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand ignition before changing the wiperblades.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, makesure that you touch only the wiper arm of thewiper.

! Never open the service cover/tailgate if awindshield wiper arm has been folded awayfrom the windshield/rear window.Never fold a windshield wiper arm withouta wiper blade back onto the windshield/rear window.Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly whenyou change the wiper blade. If you releasethe wiper arm without a wiper blade and itfalls onto the windshield/rear window, thewindshield/rear window may be damaged bythe force of the impact.smart recommends that you have the wiperblades changed at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Changing the windshield wiper blades

Removing the wiper bladesX Turn the key to position 1 or 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 86).

X Press the combination switch to the5position (Y page 75).The wiper arms move slowly upwards.

X When the wiper arms are vertical in rela-tion to the service cover, turn the key toposition 0 and remove it from the ignitionlock.

X Fold the wiper arm away from the wind-shield.

76 Windshield wipers>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

X Press the two release clips; on mount-ing? in the direction of arrow= and pullaway from the wiper arm.

X Slide wiper blade: in the direction ofarrowA until the wiper blade securinghook is revealed.

X Remove wiper blade:.

Installing the wiper blades

X Slide new wiper blade: in the directionof arrow? onto mounting= of wiperarm;.Wiper blade: engages.

X Make sure that wiper blade: is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold wiper arm; back onto the wind-shield.

Replacing the rear window wiper blade

Removing a wiper blade

X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Fold wiper arm: away from the rear win-dow until it engages.

X Pull wiper blade; in the direction of thearrow until it is released from the retaineron the wiper arm.

X Remove wiper blade;.

Installing a wiper blade

X Push new wiper blade; onto wiper arm:until you feel it engage.

X Turn wiper blade; parallel to wiperarm:.

X Make sure that wiper blade; is seatedcorrectly.

X Fold wiper arm: back onto the rear win-dow.

Windshield wipers 77


wipers.

Z

Problems with the windshield wipers


The windshield wipersdo not stop or continuewiping with the samespeed regardless of achange in position.

The combination switch or rain sensor is malfunctioning.X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions as youdo so and switch off the engine.

X For safety reasons, you should remove the key from the ignitionlock and open the driver's door.

X Turn the key to position 1 in the ignition lock. Then try to startthe engine again.

X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The windshield wipersare jammed.

Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshieldwiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.X Stop the vehicle, paying attention to traffic conditions as youdo so and switch off the engine.

X For safety reasons, you should remove the Smart Key from theignition lock.

X Remove the cause of the obstruction.X Switch the windshield wipers on again after 30 seconds.

The windshield wiperhas stopped in the mid-dle of the windshield.

The windshield wiper drive has stopped for safety reasons.X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The windshield wipersfail completely.

The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.

78 Windshield wipers>>

Lightsandwindshield

wipers.

Overview of climate control systems

General notes

Observe the settings recommended on the fol-lowing pages. The windows could otherwisefog up.To prevent the windows from fogging up:

Rswitch off climate control only brieflyRswitch on air-recirculation mode onlybrieflyRswitch on the cooling with air dehumidi-fication functionRswitch on the defrost windshield functionbriefly, if required

Automatic climate control regulates the tem-perature and the humidity of the vehicleinterior. It also filters undesirable substan-ces out of the air.Automatic climate control is only availablewhen the engine is running. Optimum opera-

tion is only achieved with the side windowsclosed.

i When the weather is warm, ventilate thevehicle for a brief period. This will speedup the cooling process, and the desiredvehicle interior temperature will bereached more quickly.

i The integrated filter filters out mostparticles of dust and pollen. It alsoreduces odors. A clogged filter reduces theamount of air supplied to the vehicle inte-rior. For this reason, you should alwaysobserve the interval for replacing the fil-ter, which is specified in the MaintenanceBooklet. As it depends on environmentalconditions, e.g. heavy air pollution, theinterval may be shorter than stated in theMaintenance Booklet.

Automatic climate control panel

: Increases the airflow (Y page 81); Defrosts the windshield (Y page 81)= Switches the air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 82)? Switches the rear window heating on/off (Y page 82)

Switches the exterior mirror heating on/off (for vehicles with heated exterior mirrorsonly)

A Sets the air distribution (Y page 81)B Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 80)C Switches the climate control on/off (Y page 80)D Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 80)E Reduces the airflow (Y page 81)F Sets the temperature (Y page 81)

Overview of climate control systems 79

>>Clim

atecontrol.

Optimum use of automatic climate con-trol

Automatic climate control

Below, you can find a number of notes and rec-ommendations to help you use climate controloptimally.RActivate climate control primarily usingtheÃ button.RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22†).ROnly use the "Windshield demisting" func-tion briefly until the windshield is clearagain.ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly,e.g. if there are unpleasant outside odorsor when in a tunnel. The windows could oth-erwise fog up, since no fresh air is drawninto the vehicle in air-recirculationmode.

Operating the climate control systems

Switching climate control on/off

General notes

When the climate control is switched off, theair supply and air circulation are alsoswitched off. The windows could mist up.Therefore, only switch off climate controlbriefly.

Switching the sound on/off

X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in theignition lock or start the engine(Y page 86).

X To switch on: press theÃ button.The indicator lamp under theÃ buttonlights up.

orX Press theó button.

orX Press the¬ button.X To switch off: press the^ button.The indicator lamp under the^ buttonlights up.

orX Press theô button repeatedly until allthe indicator lamps go out.

Switching cooling with air dehumidi-fication on/off

General notes

If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehu-midification" function, the air inside thevehicle will not be cooled. The air inside thevehicle will also not be dehumidified. Thewindows can fog up more quickly. Therefore,deactivate the cooling with air-dehumidifi-cation function only briefly.The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function is only available when the engine isrunning. The air inside the vehicle is cooledand dehumidified according to the tempera-ture selected.The "Cooling with air dehumidification"function does not function when the outsidetemperature is low.Condensation may drip from the underside ofthe vehicle when it is in cooling mode. Thisis normal and not a sign that there is a mal-function.

Switching on/off

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X To activate: press theó and¿ but-tons.The indicator lamp in the¿ buttonlights up.

X To deactivate: press the¿ button.The indicator lamp in the¿ button goesout.

Setting climate control to automatic

General notes

In automatic mode, the set temperature ismaintained automatically at a constant level.The system automatically regulates the air-flow and the air distribution according to thetemperature.

80 Operating the climate control systems>>

Clim

atecontrol.

Automatic control

X Turn the ignition key to position 1 or 2 orstart the engine (Y page 86).

X To activate: press theÃ button.The indicator lamp in theÃ buttonlights up.

X To switch to manual mode: press theó orô button.

orX Press theÁ,P orO button.

orX Press the¬ button.The indicator lamp in theÃ button goesout.

i If you manually change one of the func-tions, the indicator lamp in theÃ but-ton goes out. All further functions willstill be automatically controlled.

Setting the temperature

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X To increase or reduce: push temperatureslideF to the right or left (Y page 79).

Push slideF all the way to the right or left(Y page 79).

Only change the temperature setting in smallincrements. Start at 72 ‡ (22†).

Setting the air distribution

Air distribution settings

Á Directs air through the defroster ventsP Directs the airflow to the center and

side air ventsO Directs air through the footwell air

vents

i You can also activate several air distri-bution settings simultaneously. To do this,press multiple air distribution buttons.The air is then directed through variousvents.Recommendation for air distribution inwinter: set toÁ andO.

Recommendation for air distribution insummer: set toP .

Setting the air distribution

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X Press one or more of theÁ,P andO buttons.The indicator lamp next to the selectedbutton lights up.

Setting the airflow

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X To increase: press theó button.Each time theóbutton is pressed, one ofthe indicator lamps next to the airflow but-tons lights up.

X To reduce: press theô button.Each time theôbutton is pressed, one ofthe indicator lamps next to the airflow but-tons goes out.

Defrosting the windshield

General notes

You can use this function to defrost the wind-shield or to clear a fogged up windshield orfront side windows on the inside.

i You should only select the "Windshielddefrosting" function until the windshieldis clear again.

Switching on/off

X Turn the ignition key to position 1 or 2 orstart the engine (Y page 86).

X To activate: press the¬ button.The indicator lamp above the¬ buttonlights up. TheÃ automatic mode isdeactivated.The¬ "Defrosting the windshield"function switches automatic climate con-trol to the following functions:

Rcooling with air dehumidification onRhigh airflowRair distribution to the windshield andfront side windowsRair-recirculation mode off

X To deactivate: press the¬ button.

or

Operating the climate control systems 81

>>Clim

atecontrol.

X Press theÃ button.

orX Press theÀ button.

orX Press theÁ,P orO button.The indicator lamp above the¬ buttongoes out.

Demisting the windows

Windows fogged up on the inside

X Activate the¿ "Cooling with air dehu-midification" function.

X Activate automatic modeÃ.X If the windows continue to fog up, activatethe "Windshield defrosting" func-tion¬.

i You should only select this setting untilthe windshield is clear again.

Windows fogged up on the outside

X Activate the windshield wipers.X Set the air distribution to¬.

i You should only select this setting untilthe windshield is clear again.

Rear window defroster

General notes

The rear window defroster has a high currentdraw. You should therefore switch it off assoon as the rear window is clear.The rear window defroster can only beswitched on or off while the engine is run-ning.The rear window defroster switches off auto-matically after approximately 10 minutes.Vehicles with heated exterior mirrors: theexterior mirrors will also be heated when youswitch on the rear window defroster. The mir-ror heating is switched off together with therear window defroster.

Switching on/off

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X To activate: press the¤ button.The indicator lamp above the¤ buttonlights up.

X To deactivate: press the¤ button.The indicator lamp above the¤ buttongoes out.

Problems with the rear window defroster


The rear windowdefroster has deacti-vated prematurely orcannot be activated.

The battery has not been sufficiently charged.X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. readinglamps, interior lighting or the seat heating.When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear windowdefroster can be activated again.

Switching the air-recirculation modeon/off

General notes

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air tem-porarily if unpleasant odors are entering thevehicle from outside or if you are drivingthrough a tunnel. The air already inside thevehicle will then be recirculated.

If you switch on air-recirculation mode, thewindows can fog up more quickly, in partic-ular at low temperatures. Only use air-recir-culation mode briefly to prevent the windowsfrom fogging up.

82 Operating the climate control systems>>

Clim

atecontrol.

Switching on/off

X Start the engine (Y page 86).X To activate: press theÀ button.The indicator lamp above theÀ buttonlights up.

X To deactivate: press theÀ button.

orX Press the¬ button.

orX Press theÃ button.The indicator lamp above theÀ buttongoes out.

Setting the air vents


G WARNING

Very hot or very cold air can flow from theair vents. This could result in burns orfrostbite in the immediate vicinity of theair vents. There is a risk of injury.

Make sure that all vehicle occupants alwaysmaintain a sufficient distance to the airoutlets. If necessary, redirect the airflowto another area of the vehicle interior.

G WARNING

If you spray cleaning products or disin-fectant into the ventilation system of thevehicle, this could ignite. There is a riskof fire.

Never spray these or any other substancesinto the ventilation system. Always havework on the ventilation system carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh airthrough the air vents into the vehicle inte-rior, please observe the following notes:

Rkeep the air inlet between the servicecover and the windshield free of blockages,such as ice, snow or leaves.Rnever cover the air vents or air intakegrilles in the vehicle interior.

i For optimum climate control in the vehi-cle, open the air vents fully.

Setting the center air vents

X To set the direction of the air flow: holdcenter air vent: or; in the middle andturn and/or tilt it in the desired air flowdirection up, down, to the left or to theright.

X To close the center air vent: hold center airvent: or; in themiddle and tilt inwardsuntil the vent openings can no longer beseen.

X To open the center air vent: hold center airvent: or; in the middle and tilt out-wards until the vent openings can be seen.

Setting the air vents 83

>>Clim

atecontrol.

Z

Setting the side air vents

X To set the direction of the air flow: holdside air vent; in the middle and turn and/or tilt it in the desired air flow directionup, down, to the left or to the right.

X To close the side air vent: hold side airvent; in themiddle and tilt inwards untilthe vent openings can no longer be seen.

X To open the side air vent: hold side airvent; in the middle and tilt outwardsuntil the vent openings can be seen.

Demister vent: cannot be adjusted.

84 Setting the air vents>>

Clim

atecontrol.

Breaking-in notes


In certain driving and driving safety sys-tems, the sensors adjust automatically whilea certain distance is being driven after thevehicle has been delivered or after repairs.Full system effectiveness is not reached untilthe end of this teach-in procedure.New and replaced brake pads and discs onlyreach their optimumbraking effect after sev-eral hundred kilometers of driving. Compen-sate for this by applying greater force to thebrake pedal.

The first 1000 miles (1500 km)

The more you look after the engine when it isnew, the more satisfied you will be with itsperformance in the future.

RYou should therefore drive at varying vehi-cle and engine speeds for the first1000 miles (1500 km).RAvoid heavy loads, e.g. driving at fullthrottle, during this period.RChange gear in good time, before the tach-ometer needle isÔ of the way to the redarea of the tachometer.RDo not manually shift to a lower gear tobrake the vehicle.RVehicles with automatic transmission: ifpossible, do not depress the acceleratorpedal beyond the pressure point (kick-down).RVehicles with automatic transmission:ideally, for the first 1000 miles(1500 km),drive in program E (Comfort).

After 1000 miles (1500 km), you can increasethe engine speed gradually and bring thevehicle to full speed.You should also observe these notes on run-ning-in if the engine or parts of the drivetrain on your vehicle have been replaced.Observe the maximum permissible speed.

Driving


G WARNING



G WARNING

Unsuitable footwear can hinder correctusage of the pedals, e.g.:

Rshoes with thick soles

Rshoes with high heels

Rslippers


Wear suitable footwear to ensure correctusage of the pedals.

G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driv-ing, safety-relevant functions are onlyavailable with limitations, or not at all.This could affect, for example, the powersteering and the brake boosting effect. Youwill require considerably more effort tosteer and brake. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

Driving 85

>>Drivingandparking.

Z

G WARNING

If the parking brake has not been fullyreleased when driving, the parking brakecan:

Roverheat and cause a fire

Rlose its hold function.

There is a risk of fire and an accident.Release the parking brake fully beforedriving off.

! Do not warm up the engine with the vehiclestationary. Drive off immediately. Avoidhigh engine speeds and driving at fullthrottle until the engine has reached itsoperating temperature.Only shift the automatic transmission tothe desired drive position when the vehi-cle is stationary.Where possible, avoid spinning the drivewheels when pulling away on slipperyroads. You could otherwise damage thedrive train.

SmartKey positions

g To remove the SmartKey1 Power supply for some consumers, such as

the windshield wipers2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)

and drive position3 Starting the engine

The steering is locked when you remove theSmartKey from the ignition lock.

Starting the engine


G WARNING








Rstart the engine.



G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi-soning. There is a risk of fatal injury.Therefore never leave the engine runningin enclosed spaces without sufficient ven-tilation.

G WARNING

Flammable materials introduced throughenvironmental influence or by animals canignite if in contact with the exhaust systemor parts of the engine that heat up. There isa risk of fire.

Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materialsin the engine compartment or in the exhaustsystem.

86 Driving>>

Drivingandparking.

i During a cold start, the engine runs athigher speeds to enable the catalytic con-verter to reach its operating temperature.The sound of the engine may change duringthis time.

Manual transmission

X Depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed.

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Shift to neutral.

Automatic transmission

X Shift the transmission to position P(Y page 90).The transmission position display in themultifunction display shows P(Y page 90).

i You can start the engine in transmissionpositions P and N.In order to start the engine in transmissionpositionN youmust depress the brake pedaland keep it depressed.

Starting procedure

X Turn the key to position 3 in the ignitionlock (Y page 86) and release it as soon as theengine is running.

Pulling away

General notes

G WARNING

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

If the engine speed is above the idlingspeed and you engage transmission posi-tion D or R, the vehicle could pull awaysuddenly. There is a risk of an accident.

When engaging transmission position D orR, always firmly depress the brake pedaland do not simultaneously accelerate.

! Vehicles with manual transmission:change gear in good time and avoid spin-ning the wheels. You could otherwise dam-age the vehicle.

! Release the parking brake before drivingoff. The parking brake can otherwise over-heat, malfunction and wear out quickly.

Accelerate gently when pulling away.The vehicle locks centrally once you havepulled away.You can open the doors from the inside at anytime.You can also deactivate the automatic lockingfeature (Y page 57).Vehicles with automatic transmission: youcan only shift the transmission from positionP to the desired transmission position if:

Rthe ignition is switched onRyou depress the brake pedal and keep itdepressed andRyou press release button on the selectorlever (Y page 90).

Only then is the shift lock released.

i Vehicles with automatic transmission:transmission shifts take place at higherengine speeds after a cold start. This helpsthe catalytic converter to reach its oper-ating temperature more quickly.

Hill start assist

Hill start assist helps you when pulling awayforwards or in reverse on an uphill gradient.It holds the vehicle for a short time after youhave removed your foot from the brake pedal.This gives you enough time to move your footfrom the brake pedal to the accelerator pedaland to depress it before the vehicle begins toroll.

G WARNING

After a short time, hill start assist will nolonger brake your vehicle and it could rollaway. There is a risk of an accident andinjury.

Therefore, quickly move your foot from thebrake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Neverleave the vehicle when it is held by hillstart assist.

Hill start assist is not active if:

Ryou pull away on level groundRyou pull away in a forward gear on a down-hill slope

Driving 87


Z

Ron vehicles with automatic transmission,the transmission is in position N.

Rthe parking brake is applied.RESP® is malfunctioning

Problems with the engine


The engine does notstart. The starter motorcan be heard.

RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics.RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply.X Switch off the engine before attempting to start the engineagain (Y page 98).

X Try to start the engine again (Y page 86). Avoid excessively longand frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain thebattery.

If the engine does not start after several attempts:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does notstart. You cannot hearthe starter motor.

The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak ordischarged.X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 162).

If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high.X Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately twominutes.

X Try to start the engine again.

If the engine still does not start:X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine is not run-ning smoothly and ismisfiring.

There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechan-ical component of the engine management system.X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic con-verter and damage it.

X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

The coolant tempera-ture exceeds 230 ‡(110†). The red coolanttemperature warninglamp comes on while theengine is running. Awarning tone alsosounds. The StopSwitch Off Enginemessage appears.

The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the engineis no longer being cooled sufficiently.X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant tocool down.

X Check the coolant level (Y page 149). Observe the warning notesas you do so and add coolant if necessary.

88 Driving>>

Drivingandparking.

Manual transmission

Gear lever

! Only engage gear when the clutch pedal isdepressed.

! When shifting into 5th gear, you shouldalways push the gear lever all the way to theright. You could otherwise shift uninten-tionally into 3rd gear and damage thetransmission.If you shift down at too high a speed (trans-mission braking), this can cause the engineto overrev, leading to engine damage.Never hold the vehicle stopped on a hill byusing the clutch pedal. There is otherwisea risk of damaging the clutch.

! On long and steep downhill gradients,especially if the vehicle is laden, you mustshift into gear 1, 2 or 3 in good time. Bydoing so, you will make use of the brakingeffect of the engine. This relieves the loadon the brake system and prevents the brakesfrom overheating and wearing too quickly.

1 -5 Forward gearsk Reverse gear

Shifting to neutral

X Depress the clutch pedal fully.X Move the gearshift lever to position:.

Engaging reverse gear

! Only shift into reverse gear R when thevehicle is stationary. Otherwise, you coulddamage the transmission.

All vehicles except for smart 66 kw Turbo

X Shift to neutral (Y page 89).X Press the gear lever to the right and thenpull it back.

smart 66 kw Turbo

X Shift to neutral (Y page 89).X Pull collar: upwards.X Press the gear lever to the right and thenpull it back.

Shift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style.

Manual transmission 89


Z

X Shift one gear up or down according togearshift recommendation: when shownin the multifunction display of the instru-ment cluster.

Further information on the transmission dis-play (Y page 108).

Automatic transmission


G WARNING

If the engine speed is above the idlingspeed and you engage transmission posi-tion D or R, the vehicle could pull awaysuddenly. There is a risk of an accident.

When engaging transmission position D orR, always firmly depress the brake pedaland do not simultaneously accelerate.

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehicle may roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

Before switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away by apply-ing the parking brake.

Selector lever

j Park position with parking lockk Reverse geari Neutralh Drive

X To shift transmission position: pressrelease button: and shift the gear leverto the desired transmission position.

The ignition must also be switched on, whenyou:

Rshift the transmission from positions N orP to position RRshift to position P

i When you shift the transmission frompositions D or R to position N, you do notneed to press release button:.

Transmission position and drive pro-gram display

The current transmission position and driveprogram appear in themultifunction display.

: Transmission position display; Drive program display

90 Automatic transmission>>

Drivingandparking.

Transmission positions

B Park positionThis prevents the vehicle fromrolling away when stopped.Only shift the transmission intoposition P (Y page 90) when thevehicle is stationary. The parkinglock should not be used as a brakewhen parking. Always apply theparking brake in addition to theparking lock in order to secure thevehicle.The key can only be removed if thetransmission is in position P. Ifthe SmartKey is removed from theignition lock, the selector lever islocked.In the event of a malfunction of thevehicle's electronics, the trans-mission may lock. Information onmanually disconnecting the selec-tor lever lock (Y page 95).Have the vehicle electronicschecked immediately at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

C Reverse gearOnly shift the transmission intoposition R when the vehicle is sta-tionary.

A NeutralDo not shift the transmission to Nwhile driving. Otherwise, theautomatic transmission could bedamaged.No power is transmitted from theengine to the drive wheels.Releasing the parking brake andbrake pedal will allow you to movethe vehicle freely, e.g. to push it ortow it away.

If esp® is deactivated or faulty:shift the transmission to positionN if the vehicle is in danger ofskidding, e.g. on icy roads.

! Rolling in neutral N can dam-age the drive train.

7 DriveThe automatic transmissionchanges gear automatically. Allforward gears are available.

Driving tips

Changing gear

The automatic transmission shifts to theindividual gears automatically when it is intransmission position D. This automaticgearshifting behavior is determined by:

Rthe selected drive program:Rthe position of the accelerator pedalRthe road speed

Accelerator pedal position

Your style of driving influences how the auto-matic transmission shifts gear:

Rlittle throttle: early upshiftsRmore throttle: late upshifts

Automatic transmission 91


Z

Kickdown

If you want maximum acceleration, use kick-down:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The automatic transmission shifts to alower gear depending on the engine speed.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal once thedesired speed is reached.The automatic transmission shifts back up.

Rocking the vehicle free

Shifting the transmission repeatedlybetween gears D and R may help to free thevehicle if it has become stuck in slush orsnow.X Shift the selector lever alternatelybetween positions D and R.

The vehicle's engine management system lim-its the speed to a maximum of 5 mph (9 km/h)when shifting back and forth.

Program selector button

The program selector button allows you tochoose between drive programs with differ-ent driving characteristics.The automatic transmission switches to driveprogram E (Comfort) every time the engine isstarted.

X Press program selector button: to changethe drive program.The letter of the selected drive programappears in the multifunction display.

E (Comfort) Comfortable, economicaldriving

S (Dynamic) Dynamic, agile driving

More information on drive programs(Y page 92).

Drive programs

Drive program E (Comfort)

Drive program E (Comfort) is characterizedby the following:

Rcomfort-oriented engine settingsRoptimal fuel consumption resulting fromthe automatic transmission shifting upsoonerRthe automatic transmission shifting upsooner. This results in the vehicle beingdriven at lower engine speeds and thewheels being less likely to spin

Drive program S (Dynamic)

Drive program S (Dynamic) is characterizedby the following:

Rthe automatic transmission shifting uplaterRthe fuel consumption possibly beinghigher as a result of the later automatictransmission shift points

Manual gearshifting

General notes

You can shift the gears manually using eitherthe selector lever or the shift paddles. Thetransmission must be in position D.If it is permissible, the automatic transmis-sion shifts to the next highest or next lowestgear.To use manual gearshifting, you have two pos-sibilities:

Rlong-term settingRshort-term setting (vehicles with Sportspackage)


Drivingandparking.

If you activate the manual gearshift setting,the currently selected gear is shown in themultifunction display instead of D.

Long-term setting

X To activate: shift the selector lever to D.X Push the selector lever to the left.

X To deactivate: push the selector lever tothe right.

Short-term setting (vehicles with Sportspackage)

X To activate: shift the selector lever to D.X Pull shift paddle: or;.

The short-term setting remains active for acertain length of time. Under certain condi-tions this minimum time is increased, e.g. inthe case of lateral acceleration, during anoverrun phase or while driving on steep ter-rain.X To deactivate: pull and hold shift pad-dle;.

orX Change the transmission position with theselector lever.

orX Change the drive program with the programselector button.

Shifting with the selector lever

X To shift up: push the selector lever in theq direction.The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.To prevent engine damage the automatictransmission shifts up automatically:

Rif the maximum engine speed on the cur-rently engaged gear is reached andRyou continue to accelerate

X To shift down: pull the selector lever in the± direction.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.Downshifting occurs automatically whilecoasting.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

Automatic transmission 93


Z

Shifting with shift paddles (vehicleswith Sports package)

X To shift up: pull shift paddle;.The automatic transmission shifts up to thenext gear.To prevent engine damage the automatictransmission shifts up automatically:

Rif the maximum engine speed on the cur-rently engaged gear is reached andRyou continue to accelerate.

X To shift down: pull shift paddle:.The automatic transmission shifts down tothe next gear.Downshifting occurs automatically whilecoasting.If the engine exceeds the maximum enginespeed when shifting down, the automatictransmission protects against engine dam-age by not shifting down.

Shift recommendation

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style.

X Shift one gear up or down according togearshift recommendation: when shownin the multifunction display of the instru-ment cluster.

Further information on the transmission dis-play (Y page 108).

Kickdown

If you want maximum acceleration, you canalso change the kickdown to be manuallyswitched on:

X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point.The automatic transmission shifts to alower gear depending on the engine speed.

X Shift back up once the desired speed isreached.

i If you apply full throttle, the automatictransmission shifts up to the next gearwhen themaximum engine speed is reached.This prevents the engine from overrevving.


Drivingandparking.

Problems with the transmission


The transmission hasproblems shiftinggear.

The transmission is losing oil.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work-shop immediately.

The acceleration abil-ity is deteriorating.The transmission nolonger shifts into all ofthe gears.Reverse gear can nolonger be engaged.

The transmission is in emergency mode.X Stop the vehicle.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Switch off the engine.X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.X Shift the transmission to position D.X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist work-shop immediately.

Manually releasing the selector leverlock

You can manually release the selector levellock in the event of an electrical malfunc-tion. This is the case, for example, when youwant to release the parking brake while tow-ing away the vehicle and then apply it again.

! Do not use any sharp-edged objects toprise out the cover from the center console.Otherwise, the cover or the center consolecould be damaged.

X Apply the parking brake.X Prise out cover: at lower edge; with aflat, blunt object (e.g. a screwdriver wrap-ped in cloth).

X Pull cover: in the direction of the arrow.

X Pull yellow release= behind the trim upand simultaneously press release button?on the selector lever.

X Shift the selector lever to N or P.

Refueling


G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.

You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refueling.

Refueling 95


Z

G WARNING

Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.

You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or cloth-ing and that it is not swallowed. Do notinhale fuel vapors. Keep fuel away fromchildren.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:

RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.

RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistancewithout delay.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vom-iting.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with fuel.

G WARNING

Electrostatic buildup can create sparksand ignite fuel vapors. There is a risk offire and explosion.

Always touch the vehicle body before open-ing the fuel filler flap or touching the fuelpump nozzle. Any existing electrostaticbuildup is thereby discharged.

Do not get into the vehicle again during therefueling process. Otherwise, electrostaticcharge could build up again.

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the igni-tion if you accidentally refuel with thewrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enterthe fuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damage to thefuel system and the engine. Notify a quali-fied specialist workshop and have the fueltank and fuel lines drained completely.

! Overfilling the fuel tank could damagethe fuel system.

! Take care not to spill any fuel on paintedsurfaces. You could otherwise damage thepaintwork.

! Use a filter when refueling from a fuelcan. Otherwise, the fuel lines and/orinjection system could be blocked by par-ticles from the fuel can.

If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could sprayout when the fuel pump nozzle is removed.For further information on fuel and fuel qual-ity (Y page 200).

Refueling

General information

The fuel filler flap is unlocked or lockedautomatically when you lock or unlock thevehicle with the key.The position of the fuel filler cap is dis-played8 in the instrument cluster. Thearrow next to the filling pump indicates theside of the vehicle.

Opening the fuel filler flap

: Opening the fuel filler flap; Attaches the fuel filler cap= Fuel type instruction label

X Switch the engine off.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Open the fuel filler flap in the direction ofarrow:.

X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwiseand remove it.

X Hang the fuel filler cap on the hook on theinside of the fuel filler flap.

96 Refueling>>

Drivingandparking.

X Completely insert the filler neck of thefuel pump nozzle into the tank, hook inplace and refuel.

X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzleswitches off.

i Do not add any more fuel after the pumpstops filling for the first time. Otherwise,fuel may leak out.

Closing the fuel filler flap

X Replace the cap on the filler neck and turnclockwise until it engages audibly.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

i Close the fuel filler flap before lockingthe vehicle.

i If you are driving with the fuel filler capopen, the8 reserve fuel warning lampflashes. A message appears in the multi-function display (Y page 121).In addition, the;Check Engine warninglamp may light up (Y page 132).For further information on warning andindicator lamps in the instrument cluster,see (Y page 132).

Problems with fuel and fuel tank


Fuel is leaking from thevehicle.

The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.

G WARNING

Risk of explosion or fire.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove itimmediately (Y page 86).

X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The fuel filler flapcannot be opened.

The fuel filler flap is not unlocked.X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 53).

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.X Unlock the vehicle using the key element in the emergency lock(Y page 57).

The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism isjammed.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Parking


G WARNING

Flammablematerial such as leaves, grass ortwigs may ignite if they come into contactwith hot parts of the exhaust system orexhaust gas flow. There is a risk of fire.

Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-rials come into contact with parts of thevehicle which are hot. Take particular carenot to park on dry grassland or harvestedgrain fields.

Parking 97


Z

G WARNING




Rstart the engine.



! Always secure the vehicle correctlyagainst rolling away. Otherwise, the vehi-cle or its drivetrain could be damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured againstrolling away unintentionally:

Rthe parking brake must be applied.Ra gear must be engaged on vehicles withmanual transmission.Rthe selector lever must be in position P onvehicles with automatic transmission.Rthe SmartKey must be removed from theignition lock.Ron uphill or downhill gradients, the frontwheels must be turned towards the curb.

Switching off the engine

Vehicles with manual transmission

X Select a gear.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove it.The immobilizer is activated.

X Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

G WARNING

The automatic transmission switches toneutral position N when you switch off theengine. The vehicle may roll away. There isa risk of an accident.

Before switching off the engine, alwaysswitch to parking position P. Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away by apply-ing the parking brake.

X Apply the parking brake.X Shift the transmission to position P.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove it.The immobilizer is activated.The key can only be removed if the trans-mission is in position P.

Parking brake

General notes

G WARNING

If you must brake the vehicle with the park-ing brake, the braking distance is consid-erably longer and the wheels could lock.There is an increased danger of skiddingand accidents.

Only use the parking brake to brake thevehicle when the service brake is faulty. Donot apply the parking brake too firmly. Ifthe wheels lock, release the parking brakeuntil the wheels begin turning again.

G WARNING




Rstart the engine.

98 Parking>>

Drivingandparking.



If you brake the vehicle with the parkingbrake, the brake lamps will not light up.

X To apply: firmly pull parking brake;upwards.When the engine is running, the$ (USAonly) orJ (Canada only) indicator lamplights up in the instrument cluster.

X To release: depress the brake pedal andkeep it depressed.

X Press release button: on parkingbrake; and guide the parking brake downto the stop.The$ (USA only) orJ (Canada only)indicator lamp in the instrument clustergoes out.

The parking brake is not yet engaged if:

Ra warning tone soundsRThe Release Parking Brake messageappears in the multifunction display andRtheJ indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster lights up

Parking the vehicle for a long period

If you leave the vehicle parked for longer thanfour weeks, the battery may be damaged byexhaustive discharging.

If you leave the vehicle parked for longer thansix weeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as aresult of lack of use.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop andseek advice.

i You can obtain information about tricklechargers from a qualified specialist work-shop.

Driving tips

General notes


G WARNING

If you switch off the ignition while driv-ing, safety-relevant functions are onlyavailable with limitations, or not at all.This could affect, for example, the powersteering and the brake boosting effect. Youwill require considerably more effort tosteer and brake. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Do not switch off the ignition while driv-ing.

G WARNING

If you operate mobile communicationequipment while driving, you will be dis-tracted from traffic conditions. You couldalso lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.

Only operate this equipment when the vehi-cle is stationary.

Observe the legal requirements for the coun-try in which you are driving. Some jurisdic-tions prohibit the driver from using a mobilephone while driving a vehicle.If you make a call while driving, always usehands-free mode. Only use the telephone whenthe traffic situation permits. If you areunsure, pull over to a safe location and stopbefore using the telephone.Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle covers adistance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) persecond.

Driving tips 99


Z

Drive sensibly – save fuel

Observe the following tips to save fuel:

RThe tires should always be inflated to therecommended tire pressure.RRemove unnecessary loads.RWarm up the engine at low engine speeds.RAvoid frequent acceleration or braking.RHave all maintenance work carried out asindicated by the service intervals in theMaintenance Booklet or by the serviceinterval display.

Fuel consumption also increases when driv-ing in cold weather, in stop-start traffic andin hilly terrain.

Drinking and driving

G WARNING

Drinking and driving and/or taking drugsand driving are very dangerous combina-tions. Even a small amount of alcohol ordrugs can affect your reflexes, perceptionsand judgment.

The possibility of a serious or even fatalaccident is greatly increased when youdrink or take drugs and drive.

Do not drink or take drugs and drive orallow anyone to drive who has been drinkingor taking drugs.

Emission control

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide.Inhaling these exhaust gases leads to poi-soning. There is a risk of fatal injury.Therefore never leave the engine runningin enclosed spaces without sufficient ven-tilation.

Certain engine systems are designed to keepthe level of poisonous components in exhaustfumes within legal limits.These systems only work at peak efficiency ifthey are serviced exactly in accordance withthe manufacturer's specifications. There-

fore, only allow qualified and authorizedtechnicians to perform work on the engine.The engine settings must not be changedunder any circumstances. Furthermore, allspecific service work must be performed atregular intervals and in accordance withsmart service requirements. Details can befound in the Maintenance Booklet.

Braking


G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. There is an increased danger ofskidding and accidents.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

Downhill gradients

! On long and steep gradients, you mustreduce the load on the brakes by shifting toa lower gear in good time. This allows youto take advantage of the engine's brakingeffect. This helps you to avoid overheatingthe brakes and wearing them out exces-sively.When you use engine braking, a drive wheelmay not turn for some time, e.g. on a slip-pery road surface. This could cause damageto the drive train, which is not covered bythe smart warranty.

Heavy and light loads

G WARNING

If you rest your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving, the braking system canoverheat. This increases the stopping dis-tance and can even cause the braking systemto fail. There is a risk of an accident.

Never use the brake pedal as a footrest.Never depress the brake pedal and theaccelerator pedal at the same time.

100 Driving tips>>

Drivingandparking.

! Depressing the brake pedal constantlyresults in excessive and premature wear tothe brake pads.

If the brakes have been subjected to a heavyload, do not stop the vehicle immediately.Drive on for a short while. This allows theairflow to cool the brakes more quickly.

Wet roads

If you have driven for a long time in heavyrain without braking, there may be a delayedreaction from the brakes when braking for thefirst time. Thismay also occur after the vehi-cle has been washed or driven through deepwater.You then have to depress the brake pedal morefirmly. Maintain a greater distance from thevehicle in front.After driving on a wet road or having thevehicle washed, brake firmly while payingattention to the traffic conditions. This willwarm up the brake discs, thereby drying themmore quickly and protecting them againstcorrosion.

Limited braking performance on salt-treated roads

If you drive on salted roads, a layer of saltresidue may form on the brake discs and brakepads. This can result in a significantly lon-ger braking distance.RBrake occasionally to remove any possiblesalt residue. Make sure that you do notendanger other road users when doing so.RCarefully depress the brake pedal and thebeginning and end of a journey.RMaintain a greater distance to the vehicleahead.

Servicing the brakes

! The brake fluid level may be too low, if:

Rif the red brake warning lamp lights upin the instrument cluster andRyou hear a warning tone while the engineis running

Observe additional warning messages inthe multifunction display.The brake fluid level may be too low due tobrake pad wear or leaking brake lines.

Have the brake system checked immedi-ately. Consult a qualified specialist work-shop to arrange this.

! A function or performance test shouldonly be carried out on a 2-axle dynamome-ter. If you wish to operate the vehicle onsuch a dynamometer, please consult aqualified specialist workshop in advance.You could otherwise damage the drive trainor the brake system.

! As the ESP® system operates automati-cally, the engine and the ignition must beswitched off (the SmartKey must be in posi-tion 0 or 1 in the ignition lock) if:

Rthe parking brake is tested using a brakedynamometer (maximum 10 seconds).Rthe vehicle is towed with the front axleraised.

Braking triggered automatically by ESP®

may seriously damage the brake system.

All checks and maintenance work on the brakesystem must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.Have brake pads installed and brake fluidreplaced at a qualified specialist workshop.If the brake system has only been subject tomoderate loads, you should test the function-ality of your brakes at regular intervals.When having brake pads/linings fitted, smartrecommends that you only use those which areapproved for smart vehicles or are of anequivalent quality standard. Brake pads/linings which have not been approved forsmart vehicles or which are not of an equiv-alent quality could affect your vehicle'soperating safety.smart recommends that you only use brakefluid which is approved for smart vehicles oris of an equivalent quality standard. Brakefluid which has not been approved for smartvehicles or which is not of an equivalentquality could affect your vehicle's operatingsafety.

Driving tips 101


Z

Driving on wet roads

Hydroplaning

If water has accumulated to a certain depth onthe road surface, there is a danger of hydro-planing occurring, even if:

Ryou drive at low speeds.Rthe tires have adequate tread depth.For this reason, in the event of heavy rain orin conditions in which hydroplaning mayoccur, you must drive in the following man-ner:

Rlower your speed.Ravoid ruts.Ravoid sudden steering movementsRbrake carefully.

Driving on flooded roads

! Bear in mind that vehicles traveling infront or in the opposite direction createwaves. This may cause the maximum per-missible water depth to be exceeded.Failure to observe these notesmay result indamage to the engine, electrical systemsand transmission.

Prevent water from entering the vehicle inte-rior or the engine compartment. If you mustdrive through standing water, bear in mindthat:

Rthe water level should not exceed the loweredge of the vehicle body in still waterRyou should drive no faster than at walkingpace.

Winter driving

G WARNING

If you shift down on a slippery road surfacein an attempt to increase the engine'sbraking effect, the drive wheels could losetheir grip. There is an increased danger ofskidding and accidents.

Do not shift down for additional enginebraking on a slippery road surface.

G DANGER

If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequateventilation is not possible, poisonousgases such as carbon monoxide (CO) mayenter the vehicle. This is the case, e.g. ifthe vehicle becomes trapped in snow. Thereis a risk of fatal injury.

If you have to leave the engine running,keep the exhaust pipe and the area aroundthe vehicle free of snow. To ensure an ade-quate supply of fresh air, open a window onthe side of the vehicle that is not facinginto the wind.

Have your vehicle winterproofed at a quali-fied specialist workshop at the onset of win-ter.Drive particularly carefully on slippery roadsurfaces. Avoid sudden acceleration, steer-ing and braking maneuvers. Do not use cruisecontrol.

If the vehicle threatens to skid or cannot bestopped when moving at low speed:

X Try to bring the vehicle under controlusing corrective steering.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position N.

The outside temperature indicator is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that purpose.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.Indicated temperatures just above the freez-ing point do not guarantee that the road sur-face is free of ice. The road may still be icy,especially in wooded areas or on bridges.You should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around freez-ing point.For more information on driving with snowchains, see (Y page 173).For more information on driving with summertires, see (Y page 173).Observe the notes in the "Winter operation"section (Y page 172).

102 Driving tips>>

Drivingandparking.

Driving systems

Cruise control

General notes

Cruise control maintains a constant roadspeed for you. Cruise control does not brakethe vehicle automatically. Only the engine'sbraking effect is available. In order toreduce speed and maintain distance to otherroad users, you need to brake yourself. Thisinterrupts cruise control.Use cruise control only if road and trafficconditions make it appropriate to maintain asteady speed for a prolonged period. You canuse cruise control at speeds above 20 mph(30 km/h).


If you fail to adapt your driving style, cruisecontrol can neither reduce the risk of anaccident nor override the laws of physics.Cruise control cannot take into account road,weather or traffic conditions. Cruise controlis only an aid. You are responsible for thedistance to the vehicle in front, for vehiclespeed, for braking in good time and for stay-ing in lane.Do not use cruise control:

Rin road and traffic conditions which do notallow you to maintain a constant speed e.g.in heavy traffic or on winding roadsRon slippery road surfaces. Braking oraccelerating could cause the drive wheelsto lose traction and the vehicle could thenskidRwhen there is poor visibility, e.g. due tofog, heavy rain or snow

If there is a change of drivers, advise the newdriver of the speed stored.

Cruise control buttons

: Activates/deactivates cruise control; Stores, increases or reduces the current

speed= Calls up the last speed stored? Interrupts cruise control

Activating cruise control

Cruise controlmust be activated before it canbe used.X Press switch: (ON).Cruise control is activated.TheV symbol appears in the multifunc-tion display.

i When you switch off the engine, cruisecontrol remains activated and the lastspeed stored is cleared.

Storing and maintaining the currentspeed

While cruise control is active, you can set thecurrent speed starting from 20 mph (30 km/h).X Accelerate the vehicle to the desiredspeed.

X Press switch; (®) and release it.X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.Cruise control is activated. The vehicleautomatically maintains the stored speed.V SET is shown in the multifunctiondisplay.

i Cruise control may be unable to maintainthe stored speed on uphill gradients. Thestored speed is resumed when the gradientevens out.

Driving systems 103


Z

On downhill gradients, only the engine'sbraking effect is available. You have tooperate the brakes yourself to reducespeed. This interrupts cruise control.

Calling up the last speed stored

G WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and it isdifferent to the current speed, the vehiclewill accelerate. If you are not aware of thestored speed, the vehicle may accelerateunexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Pay attention to the road and traffic con-ditions before calling up the stored speed.If you do not know the stored speed, storethe desired speed again.

X Press button=° and release it.Cruise control is activated and adjusts thevehicle's speed to the last speed stored.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.

i When you switch off the engine, the lastspeed stored is cleared.

Increasing or decreasing the speed

In order to be able to increase or decrease thespeed, a speed must already have been stored.

i Cruise control is not deactivated if youdepress the accelerator pedal. For exam-ple, if you accelerate briefly to overtake,cruise control adjusts the vehicle's speedto the last speed stored after you have fin-ished overtaking.

R®: increases the speedR−: decreases the speedX Press switch; (®) or (−) repeatedlyuntil the desired speed is reached.The speed is gradually increased orreduced.

orX Press and hold switch; (®) or (−) untilthe desired speed is reached.

X Release the switch.The new speed is stored.

Interrupting cruise control

When cruise control is switched on, you cancancel cruise control at any time and call upthe stored speed again later.

i When you switch off the engine, the lastspeed stored is cleared.

X Press button?± and release it.

orX Brake.Cruise control is interrupted.

Cruise control is also canceled when:

Ryou engage the parking brakeRyou depress the clutchRESP® intervenes

Deactivating cruise control

X Press switch: (OFF).Cruise control is deactivated.TheV symbol goes out in the multifunc-tion display.

Parking aid

General notes

The rear parking aid uses an acoustic signalto indicate the distance between your vehicleand an obstacle. If you engage reverse gearwhile the engine is running, the parking aidis activated automatically.

The parking aid uses three sensors: in therear bumper to monitor the area behind yourvehicle. The sensors must be free from dirt,ice or slush. They can otherwise not functioncorrectly. Clean the sensors regularly, tak-ing care not to scratch or damage them.

104 Driving systems>>

Drivingandparking.

When reverse gear is engaged the systemmeasures the distance between your vehicleand an object. If the proximity to the objectbehind the vehicle is less than 4.0 ft (1.20 m)a beeping sound is issued. As the distance tothe object decreases the frequency increa-ses. When the object is a maximum of 1.0 ft(30 cm) a continuous tone is issued.


The parking aid feature is only intended as anaid. It is not a replacement for your attentionto your immediate surroundings. You arealways responsible for safe maneuvering,parking and exiting a parking space. Whenmaneuvering, parking or pulling out of aparking space, make sure that there are nopersons, animals or objects in the area inwhich you are maneuvering.

! When parking, pay particular attention toobjects above or below the sensors, such asflower pots or trailer drawbars. The park-ing aid does not detect such objects if theyare in the immediate vicinity of the vehi-cle. You could damage the vehicle or theobjects.The sensors may not detect snow and otherobjects that absorb ultrasonic waves.Ultrasonic sources such as an automatic carwash, the compressed-air brakes of a truckor a pneumatic drill could cause the park-ing aid to malfunction.The parking aid may not function correctlyon uneven terrain.

The parking aid does not take into accountobstacles located:

Rbelow the detection range, e.g. people,animals or objectsRabove the detection range, e.g. overhang-ing loads, truck overhangs or loadingramps.

Deactivating/activating the parking aid

X Press button;.Indicator lamp: lights up. The system isdeactivated.

X Press button; again.Indicator lamp: goes out. The system isreactivated.

i The parking aid is automatically activa-ted when you start the engine.

If you engage reverse gear while the engine isrunning, the parking aid is activated auto-matically. An acoustic signal sounds whenreverse gear is selected.If reverse gear is no longer engaged, theparking aid is deactivated.

Driving systems 105


Z


G WARNING

If you operate information systems andcommunication equipment integrated inthe vehicle while driving, you will be dis-tracted from traffic conditions. You couldalso lose control of the vehicle. There is arisk of an accident.

Only operate the equipment when the traf-fic situation permits. If you are not surethat this is possible, park the vehicle pay-ing attention to traffic conditions andoperate the equipment when the vehicle isstationary.

You must observe the legal requirements forthe country in which you are currently driv-ing when operating the on-board computer.

G WARNING

If the instrument cluster has failed or mal-functioned, you may not recognize functionrestrictions in systems relevant to safety.The operating safety of your vehicle may beimpaired. There is a risk of an accident.

Drive on carefully. Have the vehiclechecked at a qualified specialist workshopimmediately.

The on-board computer only shows displaymessages and/or warnings from certain sys-tems in the display. You should thereforemake sure your vehicle is operating safely atall times. Otherwise, you may cause an acci-dent by driving a vehicle that is not operat-ing reliably.If the operating safety of your vehicleimpaired, park the vehicle as soon as possi-ble paying attention to road and traffic con-ditions. Contact a qualified specialist work-shop.Read and follow the notes in the overview ofwarning and indicator lamps in the instru-ment cluster (Y page 26).

Displays and operation

Instrument cluster lighting

Instrument cluster lighting includes illumi-nation of the instrument cluster, the addi-tional instruments on the dashboard, the dis-plays and the controls.The instrument cluster lighting is switchedautomatically between day and night lightingdepending on the ambient light conditions(Y page 68).You can additionally set the brightness of theinstrument cluster lighting to different lev-els in the on-board computer (Y page 111).

Speedometer

If you turn the key to position 2 in the igni-tion lock, the warning and indicator lamps inthe instrument cluster will briefly light upfor a lamp test. During the lamp test, theilluminated speedometer needle moves in thespeedometer.The display can show a digital speedometer.The digital speedometer can be hidden/displayed and its speed unit selected(Y page 112).

Outside temperature display

You should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around freez-ing point.Bear in mind that the outside temperaturedisplay indicates the temperature measuredand does not record the road temperature.The outside temperature is displayed on thefar right in the top bar.Changes in the outside temperature are dis-played after a short delay.You can set the temperature unit of the out-door temperature display (Y page 113).

106 Displays and operation>>

On-boardcomputeranddisplays.

Fuel gauge

Fuel gauge: Reserve fuel display; Fuel gauge= Fuel filler flap location indicator

u The fuel filler cap is located on theright

? 6 Reserve fuel (yellow)

Fuel gauge; is shown in the display as asegment display with eight segments.When the fuel level falls below the reserverange of 5.0 l, the last illuminated segment ofthe fuel display will flash and a warning tonewill sound. Reserve fuel display: will alsoappear. The reserve fuel display shows thenumeric value of the remaining fuel level in0.5 l increments.In addition:

R6 symbol? also appears in yellowRa display message is also shown(Y page 121).

Additional instruments on the dash-board

! Do not drive in the overrevving range, asthis could damage the engine.


Avoid driving at high engine speeds. Thisunnecessarily increases the fuel consump-tion of your vehicle and harms the envi-ronment as a result of increased emissions.

The overrevving range of the engine is shownwith dashed lines in the orange marking ofrev counter:. The fuel supply is interruptedto protect the engine when the overrevvingrange is reached.Dashboard clock; is synchronized with theclock in the on-board computer.Rev counter:, together with dashboardclock;, can be rotated approximately 60° onthe dashboard.You can additionally set the brightness of theinstrument cluster lighting to different lev-els (Y page 111).

Operating the on-board computer

: Color display; Left control panel

X To activate the on-board computer: unlockthe vehicle and open a door.If you do not subsequently lock the door, theon-board computer will remain active for

Displays and operation 107

>>On-boardcomputeranddisplays.

Z

approximately 15 minutes without any fur-ther activity.

orX Turn the key to position 1 in the ignitionlock.

You can control the display and the settingsin the on-board computer using the steeringwheel buttons on left control panel;.

Left control panel;

9:

Press briefly:

RTo scroll through a menuRTo scroll through a sub-menu orlist

Press and hold:

RTo switch directly to the Dis‐tance menu at menu levelRTo switch directly to the backfunction at the submenu level

a RConfirms your selectionRIn certain menus, switches to theReset Values? functionRHides the display message

Display

: Time (Y page 111); SET= Digital speedometer (Y page 112)? Outside temperature display

(Y page 106)A Display field for displaymessages, menus

and listsB 6 Reserve fuel display (Y page 107)C 6 Fuel level (Y page 107)D Transmission display

Vehicles with manual transmission:¿ Standard displayVehicles with automatic transmission:h Standard display with drive programor= Gear indicator (manual mode)u Vehicles with manual transmission:gearshift recommendation (Y page 89)S Transmission malfunction(Y page 95)

E V Cruise control (Y page 103)

Menus and sub menus

Menu overview

Picture the arrangement of themenus and dis-plays as a circle.At the menu level, a segment display is shownon the right side of the display to help nav-igation. The segment marked correspondswith the list position of the menu in the fol-lowing list. For long lists within the menusand submenus, a scroll bar on the right side ofthe display serves to assist orientation.Operating the on-board computer(Y page 107).Depending on the vehicle equipment, you cancall up the following menus one after theother:

RDistance menu (Y page 109)Rfrom Start trip computer menu(Y page 109)Rfrom Reset trip computer menu(Y page 109)RFuel consumption menu (Y page 109)RCoolant Temperature menu (Y page 109)RMessages and Service menu(Y page 110)RSettings menu (Y page 110)

108 Menus and sub menus>>


Odometer menu

Example: distance

X To show: press the9 or: button onthe steering wheel to select the trip meterdisplay.The display shows trip meter: and totaldistance recorder;.

X To reset the data: press thea button onthe steering wheel.

X Press the9 or: button to select yesand press thea button to confirm.The trip meter is reset.

You can change the unit for the trip meter inthe Display submenu (Y page 112).

Trip computer menu "From start" or"From reset"

Example: trip computer "From start": Elapsed time; Distance= Average speed? Average fuel consumption

X To display: press the9 or: buttonon the steering wheel to select the fromStart or from Reset trip computer menu.

The data in the from Start trip computermenu refers to the start of the journey. Thedata in the from Reset trip computer sub-menu refers to the last time the submenu wasreset.The from Start trip computer is automati-cally reset when:

Rthe ignition has been switched off for morethan 4 hours.R999 hours have been exceeded.R9,999 miles have been exceeded.The from Reset trip computer is automati-cally reset if the value exceeds 9,999 hours or99,999 miles.The unit of distance for the journey, speedand consumption information can be changedin the Display submenu (Y page 112).

Fuel consumption menu

Example: fuel consumption

X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the display of currentfuel consumption.

The display shows the fuel consumption overthe previous 15 minutes as a bar chart. Thedisplay additionally shows the current fuelconsumption as a numeric value in the upperright section of the display.If you switch off the ignition, or change thedistance unit, the fuel consumption data isdeleted automatically.You can change the distance unit in the Dis‐play submenu (Y page 112).

Coolant temperature menu

Under normal operating conditions and withthe specified coolant level, the coolant tem-perature may rise to 230 ‡ (110†).

Example: coolant temperature

Menus and sub menus 109


Z

X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the coolant temperaturedisplay.The display shows the current coolant tem-perature as a bar in the range between 50and 110†.

If the coolant temperature rises above110†, then the display shows a displaymessage (Y page 121). Observe the displaymessage. You could otherwise damage theengine.

You can change the temperature unit in theDisplay submenu (Y page 113).

Messages and service menu

Example: messages and service

If you have hidden display messages these aresaved in the message memory. The menu showsthe number of display messages in messagememory: and next service due date;(Y page 149). The message memory can only becalled up when the ignition is switched on.X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Messages and Ser‐vice menu.The display shows the number of displaymessages in the message memory and thenext service due date.If there are no display messages, then thevalue in brackets is 0 and the informationon thea button is hidden.

X To show display messages: press theabutton on the steering wheel.The lower area on the right of the displayshows the display message, its list numberand then number of display messages in themessage memory.

X Press9 to scroll through the displaymessages in the message memory.

Pressing: only allows you to scrollback to messages which have already beenread.If you scroll back from the first displaymessage using:, the Messages andService menu will again be shown in thedisplay. Existing display messages are notshown.

Settings menu

Introduction

In the Settings menu, as well as in its sub-menus, a navigation bar is also shown at thetop of the display field. The navigation barserves for quick orientation and shows thenavigation path to the current selectionshown in the display (submenu/function). Theselection shown in the display is highlightedin the navigation path.Depending on the vehicle equipment, you cancall up the following submenus in the Set‐tings menu:RTime submenu (Y page 111)

For vehicles with a smart Media-System,the time is set using the smart Media-Sys-tem.- Sets the time and the time format (12/24 h)RDisplay submenu (Y page 111)

- Adjusts the instrument cluster lighting- Shows and sets the digital speedometer- Sets the units for distance and tempera-ture

RAmbient Lighting submenu (Y page 113)- Sets and switches the ambient lightingon/off

RTire Pressure Monitor submenu- Restarts the tire pressure monitor(Y page 179)

RLanguage (Language) submenu(Y page 113)- Sets the menu language



The Settings menu and some submenus alsoshow the back function.If the back function is shown, you have toselect the function to leave the menu.X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the back function andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.This exits the menu, and the display showsthe next higher menu level.

i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.

Time submenu

IntroductionThis submenu is not available on vehicleswith a smart Media-System. You set the timeusing the smart Media-System.The Time submenu offers the followingoptions:RSetting the timeRSetting the time format (12/24 h)X To leave the submenu: press the9or: button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and pressa onthe steering wheel to confirm.The display shows the Settings menu.i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.

Setting the timeX Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theTime submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the9 or:button to select SetClock and press theabutton to confirm.

X Press the9 or: button to set thehour and confirm witha.

X Press the9 or: button to set theminutes and confirm witha.The time is set and the display shows theTime submenu.i If you are setting the time and keep the9 or: button depressed, then thenumerical value changes continuously.

Setting the time format (12/24 h)X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theTime submenu and confirm witha.

X Press9 or: to select Time Format(12/24 h) and confirm witha.

X Press9 or: to select the desiredtime format 24 Hours or 12 Hours (am/pm)and confirm witha.The time format is accepted and the displayshows the Time submenu.

Display submenu

IntroductionIn the Display submenu, you can call up thefollowing submenus:RBrightness Display/Switches submenu(Y page 111)- Adjusting the instrument cluster light-ing

RDigital Speedometer submenu, see(Y page 112)- Shows and sets the digital speedometerRUnits of Distance submenu (Y page 112)

- Setting the units of distanceRUnits of Temperature submenu(Y page 113)- Setting the units of temperature

X To leave the submenu: press the9or: button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and pressa onthe steering wheel to confirm.The display shows the Settings menu.i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.

Adjusting the instrument cluster lightingInstrument cluster lighting includes illumi-nation of the instrument cluster, the addi-tional instruments on the dashboard, the dis-plays and the controls.You can set the brightness of the instrumentcluster to different levels with the Bright‐ness Display/Switches function.



Z

X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theDisplay submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the9 or: button to selectBrightness Display/Switches and pressthea button to confirm.

X Press the9 or: button to set thebrightness level. Level 1 corresponds todimmed instrument lighting and level 5 tobright instrument lighting.With the selection during night-time driv-ing, the instrument cluster brightnesslevel is set at the same time.

X Press thea button to confirm the set-ting.The instrument lighting is set and the dis-play shows the Display submenu.

Digital speedometer submenuIn the Digital Speedometer submenu youhave the following options:Rshowing/hiding the digital speedometerRsetting the unit for speed in the digitalspeedometer

X To call up the submenu: press the9or: button on the steering wheel toselect the Settingsmenu and pressa onthe steering wheel to confirm.


X Press the9 or: button to select theDigital Speedometer submenu and con-firm witha.

X To show/hide the digital speedometer:press the9 or: button to select theOn function.

X Activate or deactivate the On function bypressing thea button.When the function is highlighted, it isactivated and the display shows the digitalspeedometer (Y page 108).

X To set the unit of speed: press the9or: button to select Unit and press thea button to confirm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theunit of speed km/h or mph and confirm witha.The display shows the Digital Speedome‐ter submenu.

X To leave the submenu: press the9or: button to select the back functionand confirm witha.The display shows the Display submenu.i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.

Setting the unit of measurement for dis-tanceIf you change the unit of measurement fordistance, the values in the:Rtrip computer "From start" or "From reset"(Y page 109)RFuel consumption (Y page 109)menus are also reset automatically.

You can only set the unit of measurement fordistance when the vehicle is stationary.



X Press the9 or: button to selectUnits of Distance and press theabutton to confirm.

X Press the9 or: button to selectKilometers or Miles as the unit of meas-urement for distance and pressa toconfirm.The display shows the Display submenu.

The selected unit of measurement for dis-tance applies as the basis for:

Rthe trip computerRthe service displayRthe fuel consumption displayRthe total distance recorder and the tripmeter displayRthe cruise control speed display



Setting the temperature unitYou can switch the display of the outside tem-perature and the coolant temperature between† and ‡.X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.


X Press the9 or: button to selectUnits of Temperature and press theabutton to confirm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theunit of temperature °C or °F and confirmwitha.The display shows the Display submenu.

Ambient lighting submenu

IntroductionIn the Ambient Lighting submenu you havethe following options:Rswitching the ambient lighting on/offRsetting the brightness of the ambientlighting to different levels

X To leave the submenu: press the9or: button on the steering wheel toselect the back function and pressa onthe steering wheel to confirm.The display shows the Settings menu.i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.

Switching the ambient lighting on/offX Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theAmbient Lighting submenu and confirm bypressing thea button.

X Press the9 or: button to select theon function.

X Activate or deactivate the on function bypressing thea button.When the function is highlighted it isactivated and the ambient lighting isswitched on.

To set the brightnessYou can set the brightness of the ambientlighting to different levels.


X Press the9 or: button to select theAmbient Lighting submenu and confirm bypressing thea button.You will see the selected setting.

X Press the9 or: button to selectBrightness and press thea button toconfirm.

X Press the9 or: button to set thebrightness level. Level 1 corresponds todimmed ambient lighting and level 5 tobright ambient lighting.With the selection, the ambient lightingbrightness level is set at the same time.

X Press thea button to save the setting.The brightness of the ambient lighting isset and the display shows the AmbientLighting submenu.

Language submenu


X Use9 or: to select the Language(Language) submenu and confirm witha.

X Press the9 or: button to select thedesired language for the displays and mes-sages and confirm witha.

X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the back function andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.The display shows the Settingsmenu in theselected language.

i If you press and hold9 or:, youchange directly to the back function.



Z

Display messages

Introduction

Displaymessages with graphic symbols are simplified in the Operator's Manual andmay differfrom the symbols in the display. The display shows high-priority messages in red. For certaindisplay messages a warning tone also sounds.Please respond in accordance with the displaymessages and follow the additional notes in thisOperator's Manual.You can use thea button on the multifunction steering wheel to hide low-priority mes-sages. The display messages are stored in the message memory and can be called up as for aslong as the ignition remains switched on (Y page 110). When the ignition is turned off, themessage memory is deleted and no display messages are stored. The cause of a display messageshould be remedied as soon as possible.High-priority display messages cannot be hidden. The multifunction display shows thesemessages continuously until the causes for the messages have been remedied.

114 Display messages>>


Safety systems

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions

6Malfunction VisitWorkshop

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNING

The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialistworkshop immediately.

For further information about the restraint system, see(Y page 31).

Electronics Mal‐function Stop SeeOperator's ManualIn addition, the ÷, ò and$ (USA) or ÷! andJ(Canada) warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster and awarning tone sounds.

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and ESP® (Electronic StabilityProgram) are malfunctioning. This means that Crosswind Assis-tance hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The front and rear wheels could thereforelock if you brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situationcan increase.

If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

$(USA

only)J(Canadaonly)Release ParkingBrake

You are driving with the parking brake engaged.X Release the parking brake.

Display messages 115


Z


Brake Force Distri‐bution InoperativeStop See Operator'sManual

In addition, the$ (USA) orJ warning lamps light up in theinstrument cluster and a warning tone sounds.

EBD is malfunctioning. This means that ABS, ESP®, CrosswindAssist and hill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING




$(USA

only)J(Canadaonly)Check Brake FluidLevel

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNING

The braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Do not add brake fluid. This does not correct the malfunction.X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.




ò(USA

only)!(Canadaonly)System Inoperative

ABS is malfunctioning. This means that ESP®, Crosswind Assist andhill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situationcan increase.

If ESP® is not operational, ESP® is unable to stabilize the vehicle.There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility thatother systems may be unavailable.

÷System Inoperative

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.The brake lamps may not be functioning and thus no longer workingwhen braking.


X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Check that the brake lamps are working.

If the brake lamps are not working:

X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

If the brake lamps are working:

X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.



Z


Hill Start AssistInoperative The ÷ warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster.

Hill start assist is malfunctioning. If you release the brake, yourvehicle will not be held automatically when pulling away uphilland may roll away immediately.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.





^Distance WarningInoperative

The distance warning function is temporarily inoperative. Pos-sible causes are:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rfunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta-tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.When the causes stated above no longer apply, the display messagedisappears.The distance warning function is operational again.

If the display message does not disappear:

X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Clean the smart logo in the radiator trim (Y page 154).X Restart the engine.

^Electronics Mal‐function Visit Work‐shop

The distance warning function is malfunctioning or temporarilyinoperative. Possible causes are:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rfunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta-tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.Rthe on-board voltage is too low.If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warningfunction is operational again.

If the display message continues to light up, the electronics of thedistance warning function are malfunctioning.

X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.



Z

Engine


;Reduced Power SeeOperator's Manual

The engine is running in emergency mode. For example, the fuelinjection may be faulty.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.

i In some states, you must immediately visit a qualified spe-cialist workshop as soon as the yellow Check Engine warninglamp lights up. This depends on the locally applicable legalrequirements. If in doubt, check whether such legal regulationsapply in the state in which you are currently driving.

íMalfunction VisitWorkshop

The battery monitoring is malfunctioning.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

íStop See Operator'sManual

The battery is not being charged.Possible causes are:

Ra defective alternatorRa torn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronicsX Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.


5Stop Switch OffEngine

The oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of engine damage.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Check the oil level (Y page 146).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 146).

Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained from anyqualified specialist workshop.




?Stop Switch OffEngine

The coolant temperature has exceeded 230‡ (110†). The airflow tothe engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be toolow.

G WARNING

The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged.Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catchfire.Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns, whichcan occur just by opening the engine compartment cover.There is a risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle untilthe engine has cooled down.

X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the notesas you do so (Y page 203).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have the enginecoolant system checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is notblocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature isbelow 230 ‡ (110†). Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads, e.g. driving inmountainous terrain, and stop-and-go traffic.

6Low Fuel Level

The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.X Refuel at the nearest gas station.

®Gas Cap Loose

The pressure in the fuel system has dropped. The fuel filler cap isnot closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking.X Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed.

If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed:

X Close the fuel filler cap.

If the fuel filler cap is correctly closed:




Z

Driving systems


VCruise Control Inop‐erative

TheV symbol in the display footer also flashes for approx-imately 10 seconds and a warning tone sounds. The symbol is thenhidden.Cruise control is malfunctioning and deactivated automatically.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

Tires


hWarning Tire Fail‐ure Correct TirePressure

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly.

G WARNING

If you drive with a flat tire, there is a risk of the following haz-ards:

RA flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.RYou could lose control of the vehicle.RContinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heatbuild-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 156).

hTire Pressure Moni‐tor Inoperative

The tire pressure monitor is malfunctioning or was not restartedafter a wheel change.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tirepressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Restart the tire pressure monitor after a wheel change(Y page 179)The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the display message continues to be displayed:





hTire Pressure Moni‐tor InoperativeWheel Sensors Miss‐ing

There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or severalwheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tire pressuresensors. The tire pressure monitor was not restarted after a wheelchange.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tirepressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

orX Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.orX Restart the tire pressure monitor after a wheel change(Y page 179)The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the display message continues to be displayed:


hCorrect Tire Pres‐sure

The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.X Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity (Y page 177).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page 179).



Z

Vehicle


bBrake Lights Inoper‐ative

The brake lights are not functioning. The actuation or the bulbs/LEDs are faulty.

G WARNING

Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. Thebrake lamps are not functioning and are no longer working whenbraking.There is a risk of an accident.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.


Switch Off Lights The lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. Awarning tone also sounds.X Turn the light switch toÃ or$.

\(Example of all doorsand tailgate open)

A door or the tailgate is open. A warning tone also sounds.The display shows the open doors/tailgate.X Pull over paying attention to road and traffic conditions andstop the vehicle, then close the doors and tailgate.

DPower Steering Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's Manual

The power steering is malfunctioning.

G WARNING

You will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not continue driving. Con-tact the nearest qualified specialist workshop.

DElectronics Mal‐function See Opera‐tor's Manual

The power steering assistance may be malfunctioning. You mayneed to use more force to steer.X Drive on carefully to a qualified specialist workshop and havethe steering checked immediately.

AParking Lock Mal‐function To Park:Apply Parking Brake

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission: the letter Nflashes in the middle of the display if you try to shift to P. Awarning tone also sounds.The parking lock is malfunctioning.X Apply the parking brake to park.




ATo Start Engine:Apply Brake

Vehicles with automatic transmission only: N is shown in themiddle of the display.You have tried to start the engine in transmission position Nwithout depressing the brake pedal.X Depress the brake pedal.

Transmission Not inP Risk of VehicleRolling AwayVehicles with automatic transmission only: a warning tone alsosounds.The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the gear lever is inposition R, N or D.

G WARNING

The vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.X Shift the selector lever to position P.X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Fully close the driver's door.

STransmission Mal‐function Visit Work‐shop

Vehicles with automatic transmission only:S is shown.

The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.X Notify a qualified specialist workshop or breakdown service.

SorB/

7/C/

AClutch ProtectionActive See Opera‐tor's Manual

Vehicles with automatic transmission only:S flashes alter-nately with the currently selected transmission position.The automatic transmission clutch has overheated. You will feelthe clutch pedal pulsate.X Initially try to avoid pulling away or crawling maneuvers.The automatic transmission is available again when the displaymessage goes out.

SorB/

7/C/

ATransmission Over‐heated See Opera‐tor's Manual

Only for vehicles with automatic transmission:S flashesalternately with the currently selected transmission position. Awarning tone also sounds.Further pulling away or crawling maneuvers have led to a criticalclutch temperature.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away.X Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and thedisplay message does not reappear after acknowledging it.



Z


Electronics Mal‐function Visit Work‐shopIn addition the\ door warning lamp and other warning lamps,e.g. ÷, light up.

The central vehicle electronics system is malfunctioning.After the engine is switched off:

Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control function ofthe keyRyou can no longer start the engine.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.


Electronics Mal‐function Visit Work‐shopThe transmission electronics are malfunctioning or the neutralsensor is faulty.Cruise control is automatically deactivated.Starting the engine is only possible with the clutch pedal fullydepressed.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.

+Remove key

The key is in the ignition lock, the engine is switched off and thedriver's door is open.X Remove the key.

Rain and Light Sen‐sor Inoperative The rain/light sensor is malfunctioning.Automatic headlampmode and automatic intermittent wipe are notavailable.X Switch on exterior lighting manually if required (Y page 68).X Switch the windshield wipers on or off manually as required(Y page 75).




Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster

Safety

Seat belts


ü

After starting theengine, the red seatbelt warning lamplights up for six sec-onds.

The seat belt warning lamp reminds the driver and front passengerto fasten their seat belts. An additional warning tone will sound ifthe driver's seat belt is not fastened.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 33).The warning tone ceases.

ü

After starting theengine, the red seatbelt warning lamplights up.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt.X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 33).The warning lamp goes out.

ü

The red seat belt warn-ing lamp flashes and awarning tone sounds.

The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. Thevehicle is being driven faster than 12 mph (20 km/h) or has brieflybeen driven faster than 12 mph (20 km/h).X Fasten your seat belt (Y page 33).The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases.

Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster 127


Z

Safety systems


6

The red restraint sys-tem warning lamp is litwhile the engine isrunning.

The restraint system is faulty.

G WARNING

The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be trig-gered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not betriggered.There is an increased risk of injury.X Drive on carefully.X Have the restraint system checked at a qualified specialistworkshop immediately.

For further information about the restraint system, see(Y page 31).

$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)

÷ !

The red brake systemwarning lamp, the yel-low ESP® warning lampand the yellow ABSwarning lamp light upwhile the engine isrunning.

G WARNING




$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving. A warning tonealso sounds.

You are driving with the parking brake engaged.X Release the parking brake.The warning lamp goes out and the warning tone ceases.

128 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster>>



$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

G WARNING

The braking effect may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Do not add brake fluid. Adding more will not remedy the mal-function.


$ (USA only)

J (Canada only)

The red brake systemwarning lamp comes onwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

EBD (electronic brake force distribution) is malfunctioning. Thismeans that ABS, ESP®, Crosswind Assist and hill start assist, forexample, are also unavailable.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock early ifyou brake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situationcan increase.





Z


!

The yellow ABS warninglamp is lit while theengine is running.

ABS is malfunctioning. This means that ESP®, Crosswind Assist andhill start assist, for example, are also unavailable.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock if youbrake hard, for example.The steerability and braking characteristics may be severelyaffected. The braking distance in an emergency braking situationcan increase.


If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a possibility thatother systems may be unavailable.

÷

The yellow ESP® warn-ing lamp is on when youare driving.In addition, the\door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g.h, light up.


Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control function ofthe keyRyou can no longer start the engine.X Observe the additional display messages in the display.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.


÷

The yellow ESP® warn-ing lamp flashes whilethe vehicle is inmotion.

ESP® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk ofskidding or at least one wheel has started to spin.Cruise control is automatically deactivated.X When pulling away, only depress the accelerator pedal as far asnecessary.

X Ease off the accelerator pedal while the vehicle is in motion.X Adapt your driving style to suit the road and weather condi-tions.




÷

The yellow ESP® warn-ing lamp is lit whilethe engine is running.

ESP® is not available due to a malfunction.Other driving systems could be switched off automatically.

G WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally, but without thefunctions listed above.The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thusincrease.The brake lamps may not be functioning and thus no longer workingwhen braking.


X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Observe the additional display messages in the display.X Check that the brake lamps are working.

If the brake lamps are not working:


If the brake lamps are working:


^

The yellow distancewarning function warn-ing lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving.In addition the\door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g. ÷, light up.


Rdo not lock/unlock the doors using the remote control function ofthe keyRyou can no longer start the engine.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.




Z


^

The yellow distancewarning function warn-ing lamp comes onwhile the vehicle ismoving.

The distance warning function is malfunctioning or temporarilyinoperative. Possible causes are:

Rthe smart logo in the radiator trim is dirty.Rfunction is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.Rthe radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due toelectromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio sta-tions or other sources of electromagnetic radiation.Rthe system is outside the operating temperature range.RThe on-board voltage is too low.If the causes listed above no longer apply, the distance warningfunction is operational again.

If the distance warning lamp continues to light up, the distancewarning function electronics are malfunctioning.


·

The red distance warn-ing lamp lights upwhile the vehicle is inmotion. A warning tonealso sounds.

You are approaching a vehicle or a stationary obstacle in your lineof travel at too high a speed.X Be prepared to brake immediately.X Pay careful attention to the traffic situation. You may have tobrake or take evasive action.

Further information on the distance warning function (Y page 50).

Engine


;

The yellow CheckEngine warning lampflashes while theengine is running.

The ignition system is malfunctioning. The engine is misfiring,for example, which means the catalytic converter could becomedamaged.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


;

The yellow CheckEngine warning lamplights up while theengine is running. Theengine power output isalso reduced.

The engine is running in emergency mode. This may lead to a mal-functioning of the fuel injection system, for example.X Drive on carefully.X Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.





;

The yellow CheckEngine warning lamplights up while theengine is running.

There may be a malfunction, for example:

Rin the engine managementRin the exhaust systemRin the fuel systemRwith the accelerator pedal sensorX Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately.


í

The red battery warninglamp is lit while theengine is running. Awarning tone alsosounds.

The battery is not being charged.Possible causes are:

Ra defective alternatorRthe battery is faultyRa torn poly-V-beltRa malfunction in the electronicsX Pull over and stop the vehicle safely and switch off the engine,paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

! Do not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.




Z


5

The red oil pressureindicator lamp is litwhile the engine isrunning. A warningtone also sounds.

The engine oil pressure is too low. There is a risk of engine dam-age.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.

X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Check the oil level (Y page 146).X If necessary, add engine oil (Y page 146).

Information on approved engine oils can also be obtained from anyqualified specialist workshop.

?

The red coolant tem-perature warning lampcomes on while theengine is running. Awarning tone alsosounds.

The coolant temperature has exceeded 230‡ (110†). The airflow tothe engine radiator may be blocked or the coolant level may be toolow.

G WARNING

The engine is not being cooled sufficiently and may be damaged.Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catchfire.Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns, whichcan occur just by opening the engine compartment cover.There is a risk of injury.X Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, payingattention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-ing under any circumstances.

X Switch off the engine.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from the vehicle untilthe engine has cooled down.

X Check the coolant level and top up the coolant. Observe the notesas you do so (Y page 203).

X If you need to add coolant more often than usual, have the enginecoolant system checked.

X Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is notblocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice.

X Do not start the engine again until the coolant temperature isbelow 230 ‡ (110†). Otherwise, the engine could be damaged.

Avoid subjecting the engine to heavy loads, e.g. driving inmountainous terrain, and stop-and-go traffic.



Tires


h

You are driving and theyellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.In addition the\door warning lamp andother warning lamps,e.g. ÷, light up.




h

You are driving and theyellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) is lit. Awarning tone alsosounds.

The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped suddenly.

G WARNING

If you drive with a flat tire, there is a risk of the following haz-ards:

RA flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.Ryou could lose control of the vehicle.RContinued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heatbuild-up and possibly a fire.

There is a risk of an accident.X Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or brakingmaneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Check the tires and, if necessary, follow the instructions for aflat tire (Y page 156).



Z


h

The yellow tire pres-sure monitor warninglamp (pressure loss/malfunction) flashesfor approximately1 minute and thenremains lit.

There is no signal from the tire pressure sensor of one or severalwheels, or the wheels fitted do not have suitable tire pressuresensors. The tire pressure monitor was not restarted after a wheelchange.

G WARNING

The system is possibly unable to recognize or register low tirepressure.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the display.X Have the faulty tire pressure sensor replaced at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

orX Mount wheels with suitable tire pressure sensors.orX Restart the tire pressure monitor after a wheel change(Y page 179)The tire pressure monitor is activated automatically afterdriving for a few minutes.

If the yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp continues toremain on:


h

You are driving and theyellow tire pressuremonitor warning lamp(pressure loss/malfunction) is lit.

The tire pressure is too low in at least one of the tires, or the tirepressure difference between the wheels is too great.X Check the tire pressures at the next opportunity (Y page 177).X If necessary, correct the tire pressure.X Restart the tire pressure monitor (Y page 179).



Vehicle


\

The red door warninglamp comes on while thevehicle is moving.In addition, furtherwarning lamps light up,such as ÷.




\

The red door warninglamp is on.

A door or the tailgate is open. If you are driving at speeds above13 mph (20 km/h), an additional warning tone will sound.X Observe the additional display messages in the display.X Pull over at a suitable place and stop the vehicle safely, payingattention to road and traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away (Y page 97).X Close all doors and the tailgate.

D

The yellow power steer-ing warning lamp is litwhile the engine isrunning.

The power steering is malfunctioning.

G WARNING

You may need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.X Observe the additional display messages in the display.X Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.X If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

X If you are unable to steer safely: do not continue driving. Con-tact the nearest qualified specialist workshop.



Z

Stowage areas

Loading guidelines

G WARNING

If objects, luggage or loads are not securedor not secured sufficiently, they couldslip, tip over or be flung around andthereby hit vehicle occupants. There is arisk of injury, particularly in the event ofsudden braking or a sudden change indirection.

Always store objects so that they cannot beflung around. Secure objects, luggage orloads against slipping or tipping beforethe journey.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe tailgate is open when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle ismoving, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Turn off the engine before opening thetailgate. Never drive with the tailgateopen.

Your vehicle has not been approved by themanufacturer for towing a trailer. A trailercould seriously impair driving safety.Mounting a basic rack, a cycle rack or a ski/snowboard rack on the rear of the vehicle willchange the axle load distribution as speci-fied by the vehicle manufacturer. Read theoperating instructions for the individualaccessories.The handling characteristics of a laden vehi-cle are dependent on the distribution of theload within the vehicle. For this reason, youshould observe the following notes whentransporting a load:

Rnever exceed the maximum permissiblegross vehicle weight or the permissibleaxle loads for the vehicle (including occu-pants). The values are specified on the

vehicle identification plate on the B-pil-lar of the driver's doorRthe load must not protrude above the upperedge of the head restraintsRensure that no items of luggage can enterthe vehicle interior above or between thefront seatsRensure that loaded objects are stowedsafely and are securedRload heavy objects at the bottom and lightobjects at the top

Stowage space


G WARNING

If you stow objects in the vehicle interiorin an unsuitable way, they could slip or bethrown around and thus hit vehicle occu-pants. Additionally, the cup holders, openstowage spaces and mobile phone bracketscannot restrain the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, especially in the event of brak-ing or sudden changes in direction.

RAlways stow objects so they cannot bethrown around in these or similar situa-tions.

RAlways ensure that objects do not pro-trude from the stowage compartments orstowage nets.

RAll closable stowage compartmentsshould be closed before beginning yourjourney.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile objects orobjects which are too large behind thelast bench seat or under the passengerseats.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 138).

138 Stowage areas>>

Stowageandfeatures.

Glove box

X To open: pull handle:.

The glove box can be locked with the Smart-Key.

X To lock: insert the SmartKey into the lockand turn it 90° clockwise to position2.

X To unlock: insert the SmartKey into the lockand turn it 90° counter-clockwise to posi-tion1.

Stowage compartment in the doors

The stowage compartments are located in thedriver's door and front-passenger door.

: Stowage compartment

Bottles can be stowed in the doors.

Drawer in the center console

X Pull drawer; by handle: in the direc-tion of the arrow.

Additional stowage areas

RBracket on the front-passenger seat for atablet, such as an iPad Air®

RStowage net in front-passenger footwell

Stowage compartment in the tailgate

The stowage compartment in the tailgateoffers additional stowage space for smallobjects. You can keep the fluorescent jacket,first-aid kit and warning triangle here, forexample.

X To open: open the tailgate.X Pull back handle: on the inside of thetailgate.

X Fold the lid of the stowage compartmentforwards in the direction of the arrow.

Stowage areas 139

>>Stowageandfeatures.

Z

X To close: fold the lid of the stowage com-partment back in the opposite direction tothe arrow.

X Press the cover firmly closed in the middleuntil it engages audibly.

Cargo compartment cover


G WARNING

The trunk cover alone cannot retain orsecure any heavy objects, items of luggageor heavy loads. You may be struck by unse-cured loads in the event of sudden changesin direction, braking or an accident. Thereis a risk of injury or even fatal injury.

Always stow objects in such a way that theycannot be thrown around. Secure objects,luggage or loads by, for example, lashingthem down to prevent them from slipping ortipping over, even if you use the trunkcover.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 138).The trunk cover:

Rconceals objects in the vehicle's trunkRprevents smaller objects from slippingfrom the trunk into the vehicle interior,but will not restrain loads in the event ofan accident

The luggage net bag:

Rserves to hold small, light objectsRprevents smaller objects from slippingwithin the vehicle interior

Fitting

If you use the trunk cover under normal cir-cumstances, install it in brackets;. If youdo not need to use the trunk cover, install it inbrackets=.

X For easier fitting, fold the front-passenger seat backrests forwards(Y page 64).

X Open the upper and lower tailgate(Y page 58).

X Hold trunk cover: in the trunk with theluggage net bag at the front.

X Insert the trunk cover into upperbracket; or into lower bracket= on theright-hand side.

i Lower bracket= can only be used if thereis no subwoofer fitted.

X Slide handle? to the right in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Insert the trunk cover into bracket; or=on the left side paneling and release thehandle.Trunk cover: snaps into place.

140 Stowage areas>>

Stowageandfeatures.

X Pull luggage net bagA down slightly andsecure with the Velcro fasteners.

To remove, follow the sequence in reverse.

Installing and removing the trunk cover

X To install: grip trunk cover: in the mid-dle and pull it back.

X Hook trunk cover: into left and right rearbracketsB and release.

X To remove: grip trunk cover: in the mid-dle, pull it back and unhook it from rearbracketsB.

X Slide trunk cover: back.

Fitting/removing the subwoofer

X To fit: insert connector:.X Place subwoofer; on the side trim.X Slide subwoofer; to bracket=.

X Slide the subwoofer up in the direction ofthe arrow on bracket=.

X Then slide the subwoofer over bracket= inthe direction of the arrow until the sub-woofer slides down.

X Close quick-release fastener?.X To remove: release quick-release fas-tener?.

X Slide the subwoofer up over bracket= andremove.

Stowage areas 141


Z

X Disconnect plug:.X Take out subwoofer:.

Features

Cup holders


G WARNING

The cup holder cannot hold a containersecure whilst traveling. If you use a cupholder whilst traveling, the container maybe flung around and liquid may be spilled.The vehicle occupants may come into con-tact with the liquid and if it is hot, theymay be scalded. You may be distracted fromthe traffic conditions and you could losecontrol of the vehicle. There is a risk of anaccident and injury.

Only use the cup holder when the vehicle isstationary. Only use the cup holder for con-tainers of the right size. Always close thecontainer, particularly if the liquid ishot.

G WARNING

If you transport objects in the vehicleinterior and these are not adequatelysecured, they could slip or be flung aroundand thereby strike vehicle occupants. Inaddition, cup holders, open stowage spacesand mobile phone brackets may not alwaysbe able to hold the objects placed in themin the event of an accident. There is a riskof injury, particularly in the event of sharpbraking or sudden changes of direction.

RAlways stow objects in such a way thatthey cannot be tossed about in these orsimilar situations.

RAlways make sure that objects do not pro-trude out of the stowage spaces, luggagenets or stowage nets.

REnsure that closable stowage spaces areshut before beginning your journey.

RAlways stow and secure heavy, hard, poin-ted, sharp-edged, fragile or largeobjects in the cargo compartment.

! Only use the cup holders for containers ofthe right size and which have lids. Thedrinks could otherwise spill.

Observe the loading guidelines (Y page 138).

Cup holder in the front-compartmentcenter console

: Cup holder

Cup holder in the center console

: Cup holder

The cup holder has a recess for storing selec-ted mobile phones.

142 Features>>

Stowageandfeatures.

Sun visors

Overview

G WARNING

If the mirror cover of the vanity mirror isfolded up when the vehicle is in motion, youcould be blinded by incident light. Thereis a risk of an accident.

Always keep the mirror cover folded downwhile driving.

: Mirror cover; Bracket= Retaining strap? Vanity mirror

Glare from the side

X Fold down the sun visor.X Pull the sun visor out of bracket;.X Swing the sun visor to the side.

Ashtray

! The cup holder in the center console is notheat resistant. Before placing lit ciga-rettes in the ashtray, make sure that theashtray is fully inserted in the cup holder.Make sure that lit cigarettes do not fallinto the cup holder.Otherwise, the cup holder could be dam-aged.

X To open: lift up cover:.X To close: push down cover:.X To remove: pull the ashtray up and out.X To insert: insert the ashtray into the cupholder.

i If you remove the ashtray, you can use theresulting compartment for stowage.

12 V sockets

General notes


The sockets can be used for accessories with amaximum draw of 120 W (10 A). Example acces-sories include mobile phone chargers.If you use the sockets for long periods whenthe engine is switched off, the battery maydischarge.

Socket in the front-compartment centerconsole

X Lift up the cover of socket:.

Features 143


Z

Floormat on the driver's side

G WARNING



X Slide the driver's seat backwards.X To install: place the floormat in the foot-well.

X Press safety catch knobs: onto retain-ers;.

X To remove: pull the floormat off retain-ers;.

X Remove the floormat.

144 Features>>

Stowageandfeatures.

Checking service products

Engine compartment (rear)

Engine compartment cover

G WARNING

The engine compartment cover may becomevery hot. If you remove the cover to do workon the engine compartment, there is a riskof injury!

Allow the engine to cool down and thenremove the engine compartment cover aftercooling has taken place.

G WARNING

Combustion engines emit poisonousexhaust gases such as carbon monoxide. Ifthe engine compartment cover has not beeninstalled correctly, when the engine isrunning, particularly if the vehicle ismoving, exhaust fumes could enter thepassenger compartment. There is a risk ofpoisoning.

Always switch off the engine before remov-ing the engine compartment cover. Makesure that the engine compartment cover hasbeen installed correctly.

X To open: apply the parking brake.X Select a gear.X Switch the ignition off.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Open the upper and lower tailgate(Y page 58).

X For vehicles with the subwoofer: remove thesubwoofer (Y page 145).

X Remove luggage compartment cover: ifnecessary (Y page 140).

X Hold the carpet on the right and left sidesand fold upwards.

X Vehicles with a trunk cover: attach the hookto upper bracket of trunk cover:(Y page 140).

X Unscrew screws= from engine compart-ment cover; manually.

X Remove engine compartment cover;.X To close: slide engine compartmentcover; forward as far as it will go.

X Retighten screws= manually.X Vehicles with a trunk cover: unhook thehooks.

X Put the carpet back into the vehicle.X Fold down the carpet and push it under theside paneling.

X For vehicles with the subwoofer: fit thesubwoofer again (Y page 145).

X Close the tailgate.

Engine oil

General notesDepending on your driving style, the vehicleconsumes up to 0.55 US qt (0.5 liters) of oil per600 miles (1000 km). The oil consumption maybe higher than this when the vehicle is new orif you frequently drive at high engine speeds.When checking the oil level:

Rpark the vehicle on a level surface.Rthe engine should be switched off forapproximately 5 minutes if the engine is atnormal operating temperatureRif the engine is not at normal operatingtemperature, e.g. if the engine was onlystarted briefly, wait approximately

Checking service products 145

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

30 minutes before carrying out the meas-urement

Checking the oil level using the oil dip-stick

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.

Where possible, let the engine cool downand touch only the components described inthe following.

G WARNING

Opening the hood when the engine is over-heated or when there is a fire in the enginecompartment could expose you to hot gasesor other service products. There is a risk ofinjury.

Let an overheated engine cool down beforeopening the hood. If there is a fire in theengine compartment, keep the hood closedand contact the fire department.

G WARNING

The engine compartment contains movingcomponents. Certain components, such asthe radiator fan, may continue to run orstart again suddenly when the ignition isoff. There is a risk of injury.

If you need to do any work inside the enginecompartment:

Rswitch off the ignition

Rnever reach into the area where there is arisk of danger from moving components,such as the fan rotation area

Rremove jewelry and watches

Rkeep items of clothing and hair, forexample, away from moving parts

X Open the engine compartment cover(Y page 145).

Example

X Pull oil dipstick: out of the dipstickguide tube.

X Wipe off oil dipstick:.X Slowly slide oil dipstick: into the guidetube to the stop, and take it out again.If the level is between MIN mark= and MAXmark;, the oil level is correct.

Adding engine oil

G WARNING

Certain components in the engine compart-ment, such as the engine, radiator and partsof the exhaust system, can become very hot.Working in the engine compartment poses arisk of injury.

Where possible, let the engine cool downand touch only the components described inthe following.

G WARNING

If engine oil comes into contact with hotcomponents in the engine compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that engine oil is not spillednext to the filler neck. Let the engine cooldown and thoroughly clean the engine oiloff the components before starting theengine.


When adding oil, take care not to spill any.If oil enters the soil or waterways, it isharmful to the environment.

146 Checking service products>>

Maintenance

andcare.

! Do not add too much oil. adding too muchengine oil can result in damage to theengine or to the catalytic converter. Haveexcess engine oil siphoned off.

You will find further information on engineoils you can use in the "Technical data" sec-tion (Y page 202).

X Turn cap: counter-clockwise and removeit.

X Add engine oil.If the oil level is at or below the MIN markon the oil dipstick, top up once with a max-imum of 1.1 US qt (1 l) of engine oil.

X Replace cap: on the filler neck and turnclockwise.Ensure that the cap locks into placesecurely.

X Check the oil level again with the oil dip-stick (Y page 146).

Front compartment

Service cover


G WARNING

If the service cover is not locked, it maycome loose during driving and block yourview or endanger other road users. There isa risk of an accident and injury.

Therefore, make sure that the service coveris locked before every journey.

G WARNING

If the windshield wipers begin to operatewhile the service cover is open, there is a

danger of injury from the wiper arms. Thereis a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand the ignition before opening the ser-vice cover.

! To ensure unhindered air intake, care-fully remove any snow or dirt from the ven-tilation slots above the service cover.

To prevent it from becoming damaged ordirty, the service cover can be removed andhung on the front of the vehicle.The service cover is attached to the rear sideof the vehicle body with a strap.X Park the vehicle on a flat, level surface.X Apply the parking brake.X Select a gear.X Switch the ignition off.

Removing

X To unlock: remove lock cover: (driver'sside only) with the key.

X Insert the key into the lock and turn it topositionu.

X Pull both levers: with both index fingersin the direction of the arrows.

Checking service products 147

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

X First pull both levers; forwards and thencompletely out.

X Lift service cover= and pull forwards.

X Hook service cover= at the top rear in theopenings on the vehicle.

InsertingX Lift service cover=.

X Slide bars? on the left and right of theservice cover under the bars on fender.

X Press service cover= down in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Slide both levers; in and then back.X Press lever; in the radiator trim andallow it to engage.

X To lock: insert the key into the lock andturn it to position1.Insert lock cover: flush (on the driver'sside) and clip it into place.

Coolant


G WARNING

The cooling system is pressurized, partic-ularly when the motor is warm. If you openthe cap, you could be scalded if hot coolantsprays out. There is a risk of injury.

Let the engine cool down before you openthe cap. Wear gloves and eye protection.Slowly open the cap to relieve pressure.

148 Checking service products>>

Maintenance

andcare.

Checking the coolantThe coolant expansion tank is in the areaunder the service cover.

X Open the service cover (Y page 147).X Let the coolant cool down for at least30 minutes.

X Park the vehicle on a level surface.Only check the coolant level when the vehi-cle is on a level surface and the engine hascooled down.

X Check the reservoir visually.The fluid level must be between MIN andMAX.

Adding coolantX Cover cap: of coolant expansion tank;with a cloth.

X Slowly turn cover cap: anti-clockwise toallow excess pressure to escape.

X Turn cap: further anti-clockwise andremove it.

X Do not exceed the maximum filling levelwhen adding coolant.

X Screw on cap: tightly.

For further information on coolant, see(Y page 203).

Windshield washer system

G WARNING

Windshield washer concentrate is highlyflammable. If it comes into contact with hotcomponents in the front compartment, itmay ignite. There is a risk of fire andinjury.

Make sure that no windshield washer con-centrate is spilled next to the filler neck.

X Open the service cover (Y page 147).X To open: pull cap: upwards by the tab.X If available, pull the removable nozzle upas far as the stop.

X Add the premixed washer fluid.X To close: if available, push the removablenozzle down and push it inside.

X Press cap: onto the filler neck until itengages.

Further information on windshield washerfluid/antifreeze (Y page 203).

Maintenance

Service display

Service message

The service display informs you of the nextservice due date. Depending on the operatingconditions of the vehicle, the remaining timeor distance until the next service due date isdisplayed.Information on the type of service and ser-vice intervals (see the separate MaintenanceBooklet).For further information inquire at any smartcenter or look underhttp://www.smartUSA.com (only USA).

i The service display does not show anyinformation on the engine oil level.Observe the notes on the engine oil level(Y page 146).

Whenever a service is due, this is shownapproximately 30 days or 1500 km (1000 miles)beforehand. After starting the engine, a ser-vice message appears in the instrument clus-ter display for a few seconds; see the follow-ing example.

Maintenance 149

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

Next Service in .. Days together with the¯ or° symbol. If the service due datehas been exceeded, Service Due .. DaysAgo.The symbol shows the type of service.¯stands for a minor service and° for amajor service.The service display does not take intoaccount any periods of time during which thebattery is disconnected.

Maintaining the time-dependent serviceschedule:

X Note down the service due date in the ser-vice display before disconnecting the bat-tery.

orX After reconnecting the battery, subtractthe battery disconnection periods from theservice date shown on the display.

Hiding a service message

X Press thea button on the multifunctionsteering wheel.

Calling up the service display

X Switch on the ignition.

X Press the9 or: button on the steer-ing wheel to select the Messages and Ser‐vice menu.The service display shows when the serviceis due.

Information about Service

Resetting the service display

! Have service work carried out as descri-bed in the Maintenance Booklet. This mayotherwise lead to increased wear and dam-age to the major assemblies or the vehicle.

A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a smartcenter, will reset the service interval dis-play after the service work has been carriedout. You can also obtain further informationon maintenance work, for example.

Special service requirementsThe prescribed service interval is based onnormal operation of the vehicle. Service workwill need to be performed more often if thevehicle is operated under arduous conditionsor increased loads, for example:

Rregular city driving with frequent inter-mediate stopsRif the vehicle is primarily used to travelshort distancesRfor frequent operation in mountainous ter-rain or on poor road surfacesRif the engine is often left idling for longperiods

In these or similar operating conditions,have, for example, the air filter, engine oiland oil filter changed more frequently. Thetires must be checked more frequently if thevehicle is operated under increased loads.You can obtain further information at aqualified specialist workshop, e.g. a smartcenter.

Driving abroadAn extensive smart service network is alsoavailable in other countries. For furtherinformation inquire at any smart center.

Care

General notes


Dispose of empty packaging and cleaningcloths in an environmentally responsiblemanner.

! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use anyof the following:

Rdry, rough or hard clothsRabrasive cleaning agentsRsolventsRcleaning agents containing solventsDo not scrub.Do not touch the surfaces or protectivefilms with hard objects, e.g. a ring or icescraper. You could otherwise scratch ordamage the surfaces and protective film.

150 Care>>

Maintenance

andcare.

! Do not park the vehicle for an extendedperiod straight after cleaning it, partic-ularly after having cleaned the wheels withwheel cleaner. Wheel cleaners could causeincreased corrosion of the brake discs andbrake pads/linings. For this reason, youshould drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. Braking heats the brake discs and thebrake pads/linings, thus drying them. Thevehicle can then be parked.

Regular care of your vehicle is a conditionfor retaining the quality in the long term.Use care products and cleaning agents rec-ommended and approved by smart.

Exterior care

Automatic car wash

G WARNING

Braking efficiency is reduced after wash-ing the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

After the vehicle has been washed, brakecarefully while paying attention to thetraffic conditions until full braking poweris restored.

! Never clean your vehicle in a TouchlessAutomatic Car Wash as these use specialcleaning agents. These cleaning agents candamage the paintwork or plastic parts.

! Make sure that:

Rthe side windows are fully closedRthe climate control blower is switchedoffRthe windshield wiper switch is at posi-tion 0

The vehicle may otherwise be damaged.

You can wash the vehicle in an automatic carwash from the very start.If the vehicle is very dirty, pre-wash itbefore cleaning it in an automatic car wash.After using an automatic car wash, wipe offwax from the windshield and the wiper blades.This will prevent smears and reduce wipingnoises caused by residue on the windshield.

Washing by hand

In some countries, washing by hand is onlyallowed at specially equipped washing bays.Observe the legal requirements in each coun-try.X Do not use hot water and do not wash thevehicle in direct sunlight.

X Use a soft sponge to clean.X Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a carshampoo approved by smart.

X Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with agentle jet of water.

X Do not point the water jet directly towardsthe air inlet.

X Use plenty of water and rinse out the spongefrequently.

X Rinse the vehicle with clean water and drythoroughly with a chamois.

X Do not let the cleaning agent dry on thepaintwork.

Carefully remove all deposits of road salt assoon as possible when driving in winter.

Power washers

G WARNING

The water jet from a circular jet nozzle(dirt blasters) can cause invisible exte-rior damage to the tires or chassis compo-nents. Components damaged in this way mayfail unexpectedly. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replacedimmediately.

! Always maintain a distance of at least11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehicle and thepower washer nozzle. Information about thecorrect distance is available from theequipment manufacturer.Move the power washer nozzle around whencleaning your vehicle.Do not aim directly at any of the following:

RtiresRdoor gaps, roof gaps, joints, etc.Relectrical components

Care 151

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

RbatteryRconnectorsRlightsRsealsRtrimRventilation slotsDamaged seals or electrical componentscan lead to leaks or failures.

Cleaning the paintwork

! Do not affix:

RstickersRfilmsRmagnetic plates or similar itemsto painted surfaces. You could otherwisedamage the paintwork.

X Remove dirt immediately, where possible,while avoiding rubbing too hard.

X Soak insect remains with insect removerand rinse off the treated areas afterwards.

X Soak bird droppings with water and rinseoff the treated areas afterwards.

X Remove coolant, brake fluid, tree resin,oils, fuels and greases by rubbing gentlywith a cloth soaked in petroleum ether orlighter fluid.

X Use tar remover to remove tar stains.X Use silicone remover to remove wax.X Use a suitable touch-up stick, e.g. MBTouch-Up Stick, to repair slight damage tothe paintwork quickly and provisionally.

The following cannot always be completelyrepaired:

RscratchesRcorrosive depositsRareas affected by corrosionRdamage caused by inadequate careIn such cases, visit a qualified specialistworkshop.When water no longer forms beads on the paintsurface, use the care product Paint Care,which has been approved by smart. This is thecase approximately every three to fivemonths, depending on the climate conditionsand the care product used.If the dirt has penetrated the paint surface orif the paintwork has become dull, then thepaintwork should be cleaned. Use the care

product Paint Care, which has been approvedby smart to clean the paintwork.Do not use these care products in the sun or onthe hood while the hood is hot.

Matte finish care

! Never polish the vehicle or the light alloywheels. Polishing causes the finish toshine.

! The following may cause the paint tobecome shiny and thus reduce the matteeffect:

Rstrong rubbing of the paintwork withunsuitable materialsRfrequent use of automatic car washesRwashing the vehicle in direct sunlight

! Never use paint cleaner, buffing or pol-ishing products, or gloss preserver, e.g.wax. These products are only suitable forhigh-gloss surfaces. Their use on vehicleswith matte finish leads to considerablesurface damage (shiny, mottled areas).Always have paintwork repairs carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

! Do not use wash programs with a hot waxtreatment under any circumstances.

Observe these notes if your vehicle has aclearmatte finish. This will help you to avoiddamage to the paintwork due to incorrecttreatment.These notes also apply to light alloy wheelswith a clear matte finish.

i The vehicle should preferably be washedby hand using a soft sponge, car shampooand plenty of water.

i Use only insect remover and car shampoofrom the range of approved smart careproducts.

Cleaning the panoramic roof

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths which are suitable for plastic lightlenses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic windows of the panoramic roof.Do not use cleaning agents which containsolvents.

152 Care>>

Maintenance

andcare.

X Clean the plastic panes of the panoramicroof using a wet sponge and a mild cleaningagent, e.g. smart car shampoo, a commer-cially available glass cleaner or cleaningcloths.

Cleaning the wheels

G WARNING

The water jet from a circular jet nozzle(dirt blasters) can cause invisible exte-rior damage to the tires or chassis compo-nents. Components damaged in this way mayfail unexpectedly. There is a risk of anaccident.

Do not use power washers with circular jetnozzles to clean the vehicle. Have damagedtires or chassis components replacedimmediately.

! Do not use acidic wheel cleaning productsto remove brake dust. This could damagewheel bolts and brake components.

! Do not park the vehicle for an extendedperiod straight after cleaning it, partic-ularly after having cleaned the wheels withwheel cleaner. Wheel cleaners could causeincreased corrosion of the brake discs andbrake pads/linings. For this reason, youshould drive for a few minutes after clean-ing. Braking heats the brake discs and thebrake pads/linings, thus drying them. Thevehicle can then be parked.

Cleaning the windows

G WARNING

You could become trapped by the wind-shield wipers if they start moving whilecleaning the windshield or wiper blades.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-shield or wiper blades.

! Do not use dry cloths, abrasive products,solvents or cleaning agents containingsolvents to clean the inside of the windows.Do not touch the insides of the windows withhard objects, e.g. an ice scraper or ring.

There is otherwise a risk of damaging thewindows.

! Clean the water drainage channels of thewindshield and the rear window at regularintervals. Deposits such as leaves, petalsand pollen may under certain circumstan-ces prevent water from draining away. Thiscan lead to corrosion damage and damage toelectronic components.

X Clean the inside and outside of the windowswith a damp cloth and a cleaning agent thatis recommended and approved by smart.

Cleaning wiper blades

G WARNING

You could become trapped by the wind-shield wipers if they start moving whilecleaning the windshield or wiper blades.There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windshield wipersand the ignition before cleaning the wind-shield or wiper blades.

! Do not pull the wiper blade. Otherwise,the wiper blade could be damaged.

! Do not clean wiper blades too often and donot rub them too hard. Otherwise, thegraphite coating could be damaged. Thiscould cause wiper noise.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms away fromthe windshield.

X Carefully clean the wiper blades with adamp cloth.

X Fold the windshield wiper arms back againbefore switching on the ignition.

! Hold the wiper arm securely when foldingback. The windshield could be damaged ifthe wiper arm smacks against it suddenly.

Cleaning the exterior lighting

! Only use cleaning agents or cleaningcloths which are suitable for plastic lightlenses. Unsuitable cleaning agents orcleaning cloths could scratch or damagethe plastic light lenses.

X Clean the plastic lenses of the exteriorlighting using a wet sponge and a mild

Care 153

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

cleaning agent, e.g. smart car shampoo orcleaning cloths.

Cleaning the sensors

! If you clean the sensors with a powerwasher, make sure that you keep a distanceof at least 11.8 in (30 cm) between the vehi-cle and the power washer nozzle. Informa-tion about the correct distance is availa-ble from the equipment manufacturer.

X Clean sensors: of the driving systemswith water, car shampoo and a soft cloth.

Cleaning the exhaust pipe

Impurities combined with the effects of roadgrit and corrosive environmental factors maycause flash rust to form on the surface. Youcan restore the original shine of the exhaustpipe by cleaning it regularly, especially inwinter and after washing.

! Do not clean the exhaust pipe with acid-based cleaning agents, such as bathroomcleaner or wheel cleaner.

X Clean the exhaust pipe with a care producttested and approved by smart.

Interior care

Cleaning the display

! For cleaning, do not use any of the fol-lowing:

Ralcohol-based thinner or gasolineRabrasive cleaning agentsRcommercially-available householdcleaning agents

These may damage the display surface. Donot put pressure on the display surfacewhen cleaning. This could lead to irrepar-able damage to the display.

X Before cleaning the display, make sure thatit is switched off and has cooled down.

X Clean the display surface using a commer-cially available microfiber cloth and TFT/LCD display cleaner.

X Dry the display surface using a dry micro-fiber cloth.

Cleaning the plastic trim

G WARNING

Care products and cleaning agents contain-ing solvents cause surfaces in the cockpitto become porous. As a result, plastic partsmay come loose in the event of air bagdeployment. There is a risk of injury.

Do not use any care products and cleaningagents to clean the cockpit.

! Do not affix the following to plastic sur-faces:

RstickersRfilmsRscented oil bottles or similar itemsYou can otherwise damage the plastic.

! Do not allow cosmetics, insect repellentor sunscreen to come into contact with theplastic trim. This maintains the high-quality look of the surfaces.

154 Care>>

Maintenance

andcare.

X Wipe the plastic trim with a damp, lint-free cloth, e.g. a microfiber cloth.

X Heavy soiling: use care products and clean-ing agents recommended and approved bysmart.The surface may change color temporarily.Wait until the surface is dry again.

Cleaning the steering wheel and gear orselector lever

X Thoroughly wipe with a damp cloth or useleather care agents that have been recom-mended and approved by smart.

Cleaning the seat covers

General notes

! Do not use a microfiber cloth to cleancovers made out of real leather, artificialleather or DINAMICA. If used often, thesecan damage the cover.

i Note that regular care is essential toensure that the appearance and comfort ofthe covers is retained over time.

Genuine leather seat coversLeather is a natural product.It exhibits natural surface characteristics,for example:RDifferences in the textureRmarks caused by growth and injuryRSlight nuances of colorThese are characteristics of leather and notmaterial defects.

! To retain the natural appearance of theleather, observe the following cleaninginstructions:

RClean genuine leather covers carefullywith a damp cloth and then wipe the cov-ers down with a dry cloth.RMake sure that the leather does notbecome soaked. It may otherwise becomerough and cracked.ROnly use leather care agents that havebeen recommended by smart. You canobtain these from a qualified specialistworkshop.

Seat covers of other materials

! Observe the following when cleaning:

Rclean artificial leather covers with acloth moistened with a solution contain-ing 1% detergent (e.g. dish washing liq-uid).Rclean cloth covers with a microfibercloth moistened with a solution contain-ing 1% detergent (e.g. dish washing liq-uid). Rub carefully and always wipeentire seat sections to avoid leavingvisible lines. Leave the seat to dryafterwards. Cleaning results depend onthe type of dirt and how long it has beenthere.Rclean DINAMICA covers with a damp cloth.Make sure that you wipe entire seat sec-tions to avoid leaving visible lines.

Cleaning the seat belts

G WARNING

Seat belts can become severely weakened ifbleached or dyed. This could cause the seatbelts to tear or fail, for instance, in theevent of an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or fatal injury.

Never bleach or dye the seat belts.

! Do not clean the seat belts using chemicalcleaning agents. Do not dry the seat belts byheating at temperatures above 176‡ (80†)or in direct sunlight.

X Use clean, lukewarm water and soap solu-tion.

Cleaning the headliner and carpets

X Roof lining: if it is very dirty, use a softbrush or a cleaning agent recommended andapproved by smart.

X Carpets: use the carpet and textile clean-ing agents recommended and approved bysmart.

Care 155

>>Maintenance

andcare.

Z

Where will I find...?

Vehicle tool kit

The TIREFIT kit and the towing eye are locatedin the stowage well under the front-passengerfootwell.

X Unscrew wing nuts:.X Remove the vehicle tool tray.

: Towing eye; Tire sealant filler bottle= Tire inflation compressor

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicle

Your vehicle may be equipped with a TIREFITkit (Y page 156).Information on changing/mounting a wheel(Y page 190).X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground, as far away as possible fromtraffic.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps.X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 97).

X If possible, bring the front wheels into thestraight-ahead position.

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Make sure that the passengers are notendangered as they get out of the vehicle.Make sure that no one is near the dangerarea while a wheel is being changed. Any-one who is not directly assisting in thewheel change should, for example, standbehind the barrier.

X Get out of the vehicle. Pay attention totraffic conditions when doing so.

X Close the driver's door.

TIREFIT kit


TIREFIT is a tire sealant.You can use TIREFIT to seal punctures of up to0.16 in (4 mm), particularly those in the tiretread. You can use TIREFIT at outside tem-peratures down to Ò4 ‡ (Ò20†).

In the case of a flat tire, without TIREFIT thevehicle cannot be made roadworthy againusing the on-board equipment. If your vehi-cle is equipped with a smart Audio-System,you cannot use it to place an emergency call.You are responsible for equipping the vehi-cle with a corresponding breakdown kit andseeking assistance in the event of a break-down.

G WARNING

In the following situations, the tire seal-ant is unable to provide sufficient break-down assistance, as it is unable to seal thetire properly:

Rthere are cuts or punctures in the tirelarger than those mentioned above.

Rthe wheel rim is damaged.

Ryou have driven at very low tire pressuresor on a flat tire.


Do not drive the vehicle. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

156 Flat tire>>

Breakdownassistance.

G WARNING

The tire sealant is harmful and causes irri-tation. It must not come into contact withyour skin, eyes or clothing or be swallowed.Do not inhale TIREFIT fumes. Keep tiresealant away from children. There is a riskof injury.

If you come into contact with the tire seal-ant, observe the following:

RRinse off the tire sealant from your skinimmediately with water.

RIf the tire sealant comes into contactwith your eyes, immediately rinse themthoroughly with clean water.

RIf tire sealant is swallowed, immediatelyrinse your mouth out thoroughly anddrink plenty of water. Do not induce vom-iting, and seek medical attention imme-diately.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with tiresealant.

RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek med-ical attention immediately.

! Do not operate the tire inflation com-pressor for longer than 15 minutes at a timewithout a break. It may otherwise overheat.The tire inflation compressor can be oper-ated again once it has cooled down.

Comply with the manufacturer’s safetyinstructions on the sticker on the tire infla-tion compressor.

Using the TIREFIT kit

X Do not remove any foreign objects whichhave penetrated the tire, e.g. screws ornails.

X Remove the tire sealant bottle and the tireinflation compressor from the front-passenger footwell (Y page 156).

X Affix the 50 mph (80 km/h) maximum per-missible speed sticker to the instrumentcluster within the driver's field of vision.

X Unwind plug: with the cable from the tireinflation compressor;.

X Remove hoseA from the bottom section oftire inflation compressor housing;.

X Remove cap on tire sealant bottle? andconnect hoseA.

X Remove the cap from valveE on the faultytire.

X Remove cap on filler hose= and screwfiller hose= onto the valve.

X Insert connector: into the 12 V socket inyour vehicle (Y page 143).


X Press on/off switchB on tire inflationcompressor; to I.The tire inflation compressor is switchedon. The tire is inflated.

i First, tire sealant is pumped into thetire. The pressure can briefly rise toapproximately 600 kPa (6.0 bar/86 psi).Do not switch off the tire inflation com-pressor during this phase.

X Let the tire inflation compressor run for amaximumof 15minutes. The tire should thenhave attained a pressure of at least 180 kPa(1.8 bar/26 psi).

Flat tire 157

>>Breakdownassistance.

Z

If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi) isachieved after a maximum of 15 minutes, see"Tire pressure is achieved" (Y page 158).If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has not been achieved after a maximum of15 minutes, see "Tire pressure is not ach-ieved" (Y page 158).

i If tire sealant leaks out, allow it to dry. Itcan then be removed like a layer of film.If your clothes are soiled with tire sealant,have them cleaned with perchloroethyleneat a dry cleaner as soon as possible.

Tire pressure not reached

If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has not been achieved after a maximum of10 minutes:

X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve ofthe faulty tire.

X Very slowly drive forwards or reverseapproximately 30 ft (10 m).

X Pump up the tire again.After a maximum of 10 minutes, the tirepressure must be at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi).

G WARNING

If the required tire pressure is not reachedafter the specified time, the tire is toobadly damaged. The tire sealant cannotrepair the tire in this instance. Damagedtires and a tire pressure that is too low cansignificantly impair the vehicle's brakingand driving characteristics. There is arisk of accident.

Do not continue driving. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

Tire pressure reached

G WARNING

A tire temporarily sealed with tire sealantimpairs the driving characteristics and isnot suitable for higher speeds. There is arisk of accident.

You should therefore adapt your drivingstyle accordingly and drive carefully. Do

not exceed the specified maximum speedwith a tire that has been repaired usingtire sealant.

The maximum permissible speed for a tiresealed with tire sealant is 50 mph (80 km/h).The 50 mph (80 km/h) maximum speed stickermust be affixed to the instrument clusterwithin the driver's field of vision.

! After use, excess tire sealant may run outof the filler hose. This could cause stains.Therefore, place the filler hose in theplastic bag that contained the TIREFIT kit.


Have the used tire sealant bottle disposedof professionally, e.g. at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

If a tire pressure of 180 kPa (1.8 bar/26 psi)has been achieved after 10 minutes:

X Switch off the tire inflation compressor.X Unscrew the filler hose from the valve ofthe faulty tire.

X Stow the tire sealant bottle and the tireinflation compressor.

X Pull away immediately.

X Stop after driving for approximately2 miles (3 km) and check the tire pressurewith the tire inflation compressor.The tire pressure must now be at least130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi).

G WARNING

If the required tire pressure is not reachedafter driving for a short period, the tire istoo badly damaged. The tire sealant cannotrepair the tire in this instance. Damagedtires and a tire pressure that is too low cansignificantly impair the vehicle's brakingand driving characteristics. There is arisk of accident.

Do not continue driving. Contact a quali-fied specialist workshop.

X Correct the tire pressure if it is still atleast 130 kPa (1.3 bar/19 psi). For values, seethe tire and loading information table onthe driver's side B-pillar.

158 Flat tire>>


X To increase the tire pressure: switch on thetire inflation compressor.

X To reduce the tire pressure: depress pres-sure release button: next to pressuregauge;.

X If the tire pressure is correct, unscrew thefiller hose from the valve of the sealedtire.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve of thesealed tire.

X Drive to the nearest qualified specialistworkshop and have the tire changed there.

X Have the tire sealant bottle and the fillerhose replaced as soon as possible at aqualified specialist workshop.

X Have the tire sealant bottle replaced everyfour years at a qualified specialist work-shop.

Battery (vehicle)


Special tools and expert knowledge arerequired when working on the battery, e.g.removal and installing. You should thereforehave all work involving the battery carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

Work carried out incorrectly on the batterycan lead, for example, to a short circuit andthus damage the vehicle electronics. Thiscan lead to function restrictions applyingto safety-relevant systems, e.g the lightingsystem, the ABS (anti-lock braking system)or the ESP® (Electronic Stability Program).

The operating safety of your vehicle may berestricted.

You could lose control of the vehicle, forexample:

Rwhen braking

Rin the event of abrupt steeringmaneuversand/or when the vehicle's speed is notadapted to the road conditions


In the event of a short circuit or a similarincident, contact a qualified specialistworkshop immediately. Do not drive anyfurther. You should have all work involvingthe battery carried out at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Further information about ABS (Y page 49) andesp® (Y page 51).

G WARNING

Electrostatic build-up can lead to the cre-ation of sparks, which could ignite thehighly explosive gases of a battery. Thereis a risk of an explosion.

Before handling the battery, touch thevehicle body to remove any existing elec-trostatic build-up.

The highly flammable gas mixture forms whencharging the battery as well as when jump-starting.Always make sure that neither you nor the bat-tery is electrostatically charged. There is abuild-up of electrostatic charge, e.g.:

Rby wearing clothing made from syntheticfibersRdue to friction between clothing and seatsRif you push or pull the battery across thecarpet or other synthetic materialsRif you wipe the battery with a cloth.

G WARNING

During the charging process, a battery pro-duces hydrogen gas. If a short circuitoccurs or sparks are created, the hydrogengas can ignite. There is a risk of an explo-sion.

Battery (vehicle) 159


Z

RMake sure that the positive terminal of aconnected battery does not come intocontact with vehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on abattery.

RIt is important that you observe thedescribed order of the battery terminalswhen connecting and disconnecting abattery.

RWhen jump-starting, make sure that thebattery poles with identical polarity areconnected.

RIt is particularly important to observethe described order when connecting anddisconnecting the jumper cables.

RNever connect or disconnect the batteryterminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not leanover the battery. Keep children away frombatteries. Wash away battery acid immedi-ately with plenty of clean water and seekmedical attention.


Batteries contain danger-ous substances. It isagainst the law to disposeof them with the householdrubbish. They must be col-lected separately and recy-cled to protect the envi-ronment.

Dispose of batteries in anenvironmentally friendlymanner. Take dischargedbatteries to a qualifiedspecialist workshop or aspecial collection pointfor used batteries.

! Have the battery checked regularly at aqualified specialist workshop.Observe the service intervals in the Main-tenance Booklet or contact a qualified spe-cialist workshop for more information.

! You should have all work involving thebattery carried out at a qualified special-ist workshop. In the exceptional case thatit is necessary for you to disconnect thebattery yourself, make sure that:Ryou switch off the engine and remove theSmartKey. Check that all the indicatorlamps in the instrument cluster are off.Otherwise, electronic components, suchas the alternator, may be damaged.Ryou first remove the negative terminalclamp and then the positive terminalclamp. Never swap the terminal clamps.Otherwise, the vehicle's electronic sys-tem may be damaged.

The battery and the cover of the positiveterminal clamp must be installed securelyduring operation.

Comply with safety precautions and take pro-tective measures when handling batteries.

WARNING

Fire, open flames and smoking areprohibited when handling the bat-tery. Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic. Avoid con-tact with skin, eyes or clothing.Wear suitable protective clothing,especially gloves, apron and face-guard.Rinse any acid spills immediatelywith clear water. Contact a physi-cian if necessary.Wear eye protection.

160 Battery (vehicle)>>


Keep children away.

Observe this Operator's Manual.

For safety reasons, smart recommends that youonly use batteries which have been tested andapproved specifically for your vehicle bysmart. These batteries provide increasedimpact protection to prevent vehicle occu-pants from suffering acid burns should thebattery be damaged in the event of an acci-dent.In order for the battery to achieve the maxi-mum possible service life, it must always besufficiently charged.Like other batteries, the vehicle battery maydischarge over time if you do not use thevehicle. In this case, have the battery dis-connected at a qualified specialist work-shop. To maintain the charge, you can alsocharge the battery with a charger recommen-ded by smart. Contact a qualified specialistworkshop for further information.Have the battery charge status checked morefrequently if you use the vehicle mainly forshort trips or if you leave it standing idle fora lengthy period. Consult a qualified spe-cialist workshop if you wish to leave yourvehicle parked for a long period of time.When replacing a battery, only use a batteryrecommended by smart.

i Remove the SmartKey if you park the vehi-cle and do not require any electrical con-sumers. The vehicle will then use very lit-tle energy, thus conserving battery power.

Checking the battery condition ofcharge

Batteries with a Magic Eye display must bechecked at regular intervals. You can checkthe condition of charge of the battery via theMagic Eye display.

X Open the service cover (Y page 147).X Check which color is shown in Magic Eyedisplay:.

Color Battery status

Green Battery is fullyfunctional

Dark green Charging the bat-tery

White Replace the battery

i If the Magic Eye display shows white, donot:

Rdrive the vehicleRcharge the batteryRjump-start the vehicleHave the battery replaced immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

Observe the notes on charging the battery(Y page 161).

Charging the battery

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting, explo-sive gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, open flames, cre-ating sparks and smoking. Ensure there issufficient ventilation while charging andjump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk ofinjury.

Battery (vehicle) 161


Z

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not leanover the battery. Keep children away frombatteries. Wash away battery acid immedi-ately with plenty of clean water and seekmedical attention.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at temper-atures below freezing point. When jump-starting the vehicle or charging the bat-tery, gases can escape from the battery.There is a risk of an explosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out beforecharging it or jump-starting.

! Only use battery chargers with a maximumcharging voltage of 14.8 V.

X Open the service cover (Y page 147).X Connect the battery charger to the positiveterminal and ground point in the same

order as when connecting the donor batteryin the jump-starting procedure(Y page 162).

If, at low temperatures, the indicator lamps/warning lamps in the instrument cluster donot light up, it is highly likely that the dis-charged battery has frozen. In this case youmay neither jump-start the vehicle norcharge the battery. The service life of athawed-out battery may be shorter. The start-ing characteristics can be impaired, partic-ularly at low temperatures. Have the thawed-out battery checked at a qualified specialistworkshop.Only charge the fitted battery with a batterycharger which has been tested and approvedby smart. A battery charger specially adaptedfor smart vehicles, and tested and approvedby smart, is available as an accessory. It per-mits the charging of the battery in its instal-led position. Contact a smart center for fur-ther information and availability. Read thebattery charger's operating instructionsbefore charging the battery.

Jump-starting

G WARNING

Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean overthe battery. Keep children away from batteries. Wash away battery acid immediately withplenty of clean water and seek medical attention.

G WARNING

During charging and jump-starting, explosive gases can escape from the battery. There is arisk of an explosion.

Particularly avoid fire, open flames, creating sparks and smoking. Ensure there is suffi-cient ventilation while charging and jump-starting. Do not lean over a battery.

G WARNING

During the charging process, a battery produces hydrogen gas. If a short circuit occurs orsparks are created, the hydrogen gas can ignite. There is a risk of an explosion.

RMake sure that the positive terminal of a connected battery does not come into contact withvehicle parts.

RNever place metal objects or tools on a battery.

RIt is important that you observe the described order of the battery terminals when con-necting and disconnecting a battery.

162 Jump-starting>>


RWhen jump-starting, make sure that the battery poles with identical polarity are con-nected.

RIt is particularly important to observe the described order when connecting and dis-connecting the jumper cables.

RNever connect or disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running.

G WARNING

A discharged battery can freeze at temperatures below freezing point. When jump-startingthe vehicle or charging the battery, gases can escape from the battery. There is a risk of anexplosion.

Allow the frozen battery to thaw out before charging it or jump-starting.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts. Otherwise, the catalytic converter could bedamaged by the non-combusted fuel.

If, at low temperatures, the indicator lamps/warning lamps in the instrument cluster do notlight up, it is highly likely that the discharged battery has frozen. In this case youmay neitherjump-start the vehicle nor charge the battery. The service life of a thawed-out battery may beshorter. The starting characteristics can be impaired, particularly at low temperatures. Havethe thawed-out battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

Do not start the vehicle using a rapid charging device. If your vehicle's battery is discharged,the engine can be jump-started from another vehicle or from a second battery using jumpercables. Observe the following points:

RThebattery is not accessible in all vehicles. If the other vehicle's battery is not accessible,jump-start the vehicle using a second battery or a jump-starting device.RYou may only jump-start the vehicle when the engine and exhaust system are cold.RDo not start the engine if the battery is frozen. Let the battery thaw first.ROnly jump-start from batteries with a 12 V voltage rating.ROnly use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminalclamps.RIf the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start con-nected for a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly.RMake sure that the two vehicles do not touch.Make sure that:

RThe jumper cables are not damaged.RBare parts of the terminal clamp do not come into contact with other metal parts while thejumper cables are connected to the battery.RThe jump leads cannot come into contact with parts which can move when the engine isrunning, such as the wiper rods or the fan.

X Secure the vehicle using the parking brake.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it.X Switch off all electrical consumers, e.g. rear window heating, lighting etc.X Open the service cover.

Jump-starting 163


Z

Position numberA identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump-starting device.

X Remove the protective cover from positive terminal:.X Connect positive terminal: on your battery to positive terminal; of donor batteryAusing the jump lead. beginning with your own battery.

X Start the engine of the donor vehicle and run it at idling speed.X Connect negative terminal= of donor batteryA to negative terminal? of your batteryusing the jump lead. Connect the jump lead to donor batteryA first.

X Start the engine.X Before disconnecting the jumper cables, let the engine run for several minutes.X First disconnect the jump lead from negative terminal? and negative terminal= and thenfrom positive terminal: and positive terminal;. Begin each time at the contacts on yourown vehicle first.

X Attach the protective cover to positive terminal:.X Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

i Jump-starting is not considered to be a normal operating condition.

i Jumper cables and further information regarding jump starting can be obtained at anyqualified specialist workshop.

164 Jump-starting>>


Towing and tow-starting


G WARNING

Functions relevant to safety are restrictedor no longer available if:

Rthe engine is not running

Rthe brake system or the power steering ismalfunctioning

Rthere is a malfunction in the power sup-ply or the vehicle's electrical system

When your vehicle is towed away or towedstarted, you may require considerably moreeffort to steer and brake. There is a risk ofan accident.

In such cases, use a tow bar. Before beingtowed away or tow started, make sure thesteering moves freely.

G WARNING

You can no longer steer the vehicle if thesteering wheel lock has been engaged.There is a risk of an accident.

Always switch off the ignition when towingthe vehicle with a tow cable or a tow bar.

G WARNING

When towing or tow-starting another vehi-cle and its weight is greater than the per-missible gross weight of your vehicle, the:

Rthe towing eye could detach itself

Rthe vehicle/trailer combination couldrollover.


When towing or tow-starting another vehi-cle, its weight should not be greater thanthe permissible gross weight of your vehi-cle.

Information on your vehicle's gross vehicleweight rating can be found on the vehicleidentification plate (Y page 198).

! Do not use the towing eyes for recoverypurposes as this could damage the vehicle.

If in doubt, recover the vehicle with acrane.

! Drive slowly and smoothly when towing.Excessive tractive power could otherwisedamage the vehicles.

! Do not tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage the vehicle.

! The vehicle can be towed a maximum of30 miles (50km). The towing speed of 30 mph(50 km/h) must not be exceeded.If the vehicle has to be towed more than30 miles (50km), the entire vehicle must beraised and transported.

It is better to have the vehicle transportedthan to have it towed.Vehicles with automatic transmission: whentowing a vehicle, the transmission must be inposition N.

i Deactivate the automatic locking feature(Y page 57). You could otherwise be lockedout when pushing or towing the vehicle.

i Vehicles with the basic carrier fitted:Do not tow away the vehicle with the basiccarrier fitted.Do not secure the tow cable or tow bar to thebasic carrier.

Towing and tow-starting 165


Z

Installing/removing the towing eye

Installing the towing eye

X Remove the towing eye from the stowagespace.The towing eye is located in the vehicletool kit stowage compartment in the front-passenger footwell (Y page 156).

X Carefully prise out cover: using a suit-able tool, e.g. a plastic wedge.

X Screw in the towing eye clockwise to thestop and tighten it.

Removing the towing eye

X Unscrew and remove the towing eye.X Position top of cover: in the bumper andpress it in at the bottom until it engages.

X Place the towing eye in the vehicle tool kitstowage compartment in the front-passenger footwell (Y page 156).

Towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised

When towing your vehicle with the rear axleraised, it is important that you observe thesafety instructions (Y page 165).

! The ignition must be switched off if youare towing the vehicle with the rear axleraised. Intervention by ESP® could other-wise damage the brake system.

X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 70).

X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock .Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion P.

orX Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock and remove the SmartKey from theignition lock.

X Take the SmartKey with you when you leavethe vehicle.

It is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 165).Vehicles with automatic transmission:observe the notes on the selector lever whentowing away your vehicle (Y page 90).

Towing a vehicle with both axles on theground

i In order to signal a change of directionwhen towing with the hazard warning lampsswitched on, use the combination switch asusual. In this case, only the indicatorlamps for the direction of travel flash.After resetting the combination switch, thehazard warning lamp starts flashing again.

Vehicles with automatic transmission:

X Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

166 Towing and tow-starting>>


X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Shift the automatic transmission to posi-tion N.You can manually release the selector leverlock in the event of an electrical malfunc-tion (Y page 95).

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 70).

Vehicles with manual transmission:

X Leave the SmartKey in position 2 in theignition lock.

X Release the brake pedal.X Release the parking brake.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 70).

It is important that you observe the safetyinstructions when towing away your vehicle(Y page 165).Vehicles with automatic transmission:observe the notes on the selector lever whentowing away your vehicle (Y page 90).

Transporting the vehicle

! You may only secure the vehicle by thewheels, not by parts of the vehicle such asaxle or steering components. Otherwise,the vehicle could be damaged.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock (Y page 86).

X Shift the transmission to position N.X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and selectneutral.

As soon as the vehicle has been loaded:

X Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byapplying the parking brake.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position P.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and engagefirst or reverse gear.

X Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the igni-tion lock and remove it.

X Secure the vehicle.

The towing eye can be used to pull the vehicleonto a trailer or transporter for transportingpurposes.

Tow-starting (emergency engine start-ing)

i You can find information on "Jump-start-ing" at (Y page 162).

Before tow-starting:

Rthe battery must be connectedRthe engine must be coldRthe exhaust system has cooled down.X Switch on the hazard warning lamps(Y page 70).

X Install the towing eye (Y page 166).X Secure the rigid towing bar or the towingrope.

X Depress and hold the brake pedal.X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-tion lock.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:activate manual gearshifting (Y page 92).

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully, engage sec-ond gear and keep the clutch pedal fullydepressed.

X Release the brake pedal.X Tow-start the vehicle.X Vehicles with automatic transmission:Press and hold the selector lever towardsq, until the engine starts. Do not depressthe accelerator pedal while doing so.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:release the clutch pedal slowly; do notdepress the accelerator pedal while doingso.

X Vehicles with manual transmission: whenthe engine is started, immediately depressthe clutch pedal fully and select neutral.

X Pull over at a suitable place and stop thevehicle safely, paying attention to roadand traffic conditions.

X Secure the vehicle against rolling awaywith the parking brake.

X Remove the rigid towing bar or towingrope.

X Remove the towing eye (Y page 166).X Switch off the hazard warning lamps.

Towing and tow-starting 167


Z

Fuses


G WARNING

If you manipulate or bridge a faulty fuse orif you replace it with a fuse with a higheramperage, the electric cables could beoverloaded. This could result in a fire.There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Always replace faulty fuses with the speci-fied new fuses having the correct amper-age.

! Only use fuses that have been approved forsmart vehicles and which have the correctfuse rating for the system concerned. Oth-erwise, components or systems could bedamaged.

The fuses in your vehicle serve to close downfaulty circuits. If a fuse blows, all the com-ponents on the circuit and their functionsstop operating.Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of thesame rating, which you can recognize by thecolor and value. The fuse ratings are listed inthe fuse allocation chart (Y page 169).If a newly inserted fuse also blows, have thecause traced and rectified at a qualifiedspecialist workshop, e.g. an authorizedMercedes-Benz Center.Certain vehicle functions are protected viathe fuse box in the front area. Access to thefuses is very restricted. Have a blown fuse inthe front area replaced at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Before changing a fuse

X Secure the vehicle against rolling away(Y page 97).

X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Turn the key to position 0 in the ignitionlock and remove it (Y page 86). All indica-tor lamps in the instrument cluster must beoff.

The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:

RFuse box in the front areaRFuse box in the glove compartment

Fuse box in the glove box

Fuse box

! Do not use a pointed object such as ascrewdriver to open the cover in the dash-board. You could damage the dashboard orthe cover.

! Make sure that no moisture can enter thefuse box when the cover is open.

! When closing the cover, make sure that itis lying correctly on the fuse box. Moistureseeping in or dirt could otherwise impairthe operation of the fuses.

X Open the driver's door.X Open the glove box.X To open: open cover: in the direction ofthe arrow.

X To close: insert and fold in cover: untilit engages.

X Close the glove box.

168 Fuses>>


Fuse allocation

No. Consumer Current Color coding

1 Starter motor 5 A Brown

2 Power steering control unit 5 A Brown

3 Lighting control unit 5 A Brown

4 Air bag 5 A Brown

5 ‑ ‑ ‑

6 Instrument cluster 10 A Red

7 Horn, alarm system 15 A Blue

8 Control unit power supply 10 A Red

9 Control unit power supply 10 A Red

10 Central control unit 20 A Yellow

11 Turn signals 15 A Blue

12 Central control unit 10 A Red

13 Central control unit 15 A Blue

14 Power windows (automatic reversing feature) 30 A Green

15 ESP® 5 A Brown

16 Interior lighting 10 A Red

17 Immobilizer 3 A Violet

18 Electrical exterior mirror 5 A Brown

19 Brake lamps 10 A Red

20 Parking aid, headlamp settings 15 A Blue

Fuses 169


Z

No. Consumer Current Color coding

21 Engine control unit 5 A Brown

22 Rear window wiper 15 A Blue

23 Starter motor 30 A Green

24 Central locking 40 A Orange

25 Front windshield wiper 30 A Green

26 Radio 20 A Yellow

27 ‑ ‑ ‑

28 12 V socket 15 A Blue

29 Power supply control unit 5 A Brown

30 Horn 15 A Blue

31 ‑ ‑ ‑

32 Central locking 15 A Blue

33 Tail lamps, front foglamps, hazard warning lampbutton, locking button, power windows, licenseplate lamp, radio, control unit for air-condi-tioning system, cruise control, parking aid but-ton, program selector button, tailgate unlocking

25 A Cyan

34 Headlamps, daytime running lamps 25 A Cyan

35 Headlamps, daytime running lamps 25 A Cyan

36 ‑ ‑ ‑

37 ‑ ‑ ‑

38 ‑ ‑ ‑

39 ‑ ‑ ‑

40 ‑ ‑ ‑

41 ‑ ‑ ‑

42 ‑ ‑ ‑

43 Exterior mirror heating 5 A Brown

44 Automatic reversing feature 25 A Cyan

45 Transmission control unit 5 A Brown

46 Radio amplifier 20 A Yellow

47 ‑ ‑ ‑

48 ‑ ‑ ‑

49 ‑ ‑ ‑

170 Fuses>>



G WARNING

If wheels and tires of the wrong size areused, the wheel brakes or suspension com-ponents may be damaged. There is a risk ofan accident.

Always replace wheels and tires with thosethat fulfill the specifications of the orig-inal part.

When replacing wheels, make sure to use thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rmodel

When replacing tires, make sure to use thecorrect:

Rdesignation

Rmanufacturer

Rmodel

G Warning

A flat tire severely impairs the driving,steering and braking characteristics ofthe vehicle. There is a risk of an accident.

do not drive with a flat tire. Immediatelyreplace the flat tire with your spare wheel,or consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Accessories that are not approved for yourvehicle by smart or that are not being usedcorrectly can impair driving safety.Before purchasing and using non-approvedaccessories, visit a qualified specialistworkshop and inquire about:

RsuitabilityRlegal stipulationsRfactory recommendationsInformation on dimensions and types ofwheels and tires for your vehicle(Y page 193).Information on air pressure for the tires onyour vehicle can be found:

Ron the tire and loading information tableon the driver's side B-pillarRunder "Tire pressure" (Y page 174)

i Further information on wheels and tirescan be obtained at any qualified specialistworkshop.

Operation

Information on driving

RCheck the tire pressures when the vehicleis heavily laden and, if necessary, adjustbefore beginning your journey.RWhile driving, pay attention to vibrations,noises and unusual handling characteris-tics, e.g. pulling to one side. This mayindicate that the wheels or tires are dam-aged. If you suspect that a tire is defec-tive, reduce your speed immediately. Stopthe vehicle as soon as possible to check thewheels and tires for damage. Hidden tiredamage could also be causing the unusualhandling characteristics. If you find nosigns of damage, have the tires and wheelschecked at a qualified specialist work-shop.RWhen parking your vehicle, make sure thatthe tires do not get deformed by the curb orother obstacles. If it is necessary to driveover curbs, speed humps or similar eleva-tions, try to do so slowly and at an obtuseangle. Otherwise, the tires, particularlythe sidewalls, may be damaged.

Regular checking of wheels and tires

G WARNING

Damaged tires can cause tire inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tires regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tires imme-diately.

Regularly check the wheels and tires of yourvehicle for damage, at least once a month, aswell as after driving on rough roads. Damagedwheels can cause a loss of tire pressure. Payparticular attention to damage such as:

Rcuts in the tiresRpunctures in the tires

Operation 171

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Rtears in the tiresRbulges on tiresRdeformation or severe corrosion on wheelsRegularly check the tire tread depth and thecondition of the tread across the whole widthof the tire (Y page 172). If necessary, turn thefront wheels to full lock in order to inspectthe inner side of the tire surface.All wheels must have a valve cap to protect thevalve against dirt and moisture. Do not fitanything onto the valve other than the stand-ard valve cap or other valve caps approved foryour vehicle by smart. Do not use any othervalve caps or systems, e.g. tire pressure mon-itoring systems.Regularly check the pressure of all the tiresparticularly prior to long trips. Adjust thetire pressure as necessary (Y page 174).The service life of tires depends, amongother things, on the following factors:

RDriving styleRTire pressureRDistance covered

Notes on tire profile

G WARNING

Insufficient tire tread will reduce tiretraction. The tire is no longer able to dis-sipate water. This means that on wet roadsurfaces, the risk of hydroplaning increa-ses, in particular where speed is not adap-ted to suit the driving conditions. There isa risk of accident.

If the tire pressure is too high or too low,tires may exhibit different levels of wearat different locations on the tire tread.Thus, you should regularly check the treaddepth and the condition of the tread acrossthe entire width of all tires.

Minimum tire tread depth for:

RSummer tires:â in (3 mm)

RM+S tires:ã in (4 mm)

For safety reasons, replace the tires beforethe legally prescribed limit for the mini-mum tire tread depth is reached.

Indicator: shows which position the barmarking (arrow) for tread wear is integratedinto the tire tread.Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. Six indicators are positioned on the tiretread. They are visible once a tread depth ofapproximatelyá in (1.6 mm) has beenreached. If this is the case, the tire is so wornthat it must be replaced.

Selecting, mounting and replacingtires

ROnly mount tires and wheels of the sametype and make.Exception: it is permissible to fit a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattire.ROnlymount tires of the correct size onto thewheels.RAfter fitting new tires, run them in at mod-erate speeds for the first 60 miles (100 km),as they only reach their full performanceafter this distance.RDo not drive with tires which have too littletread depth, as this significantly reducesthe traction on wet roads (hydroplaning).RReplace the tires after six years at the lat-est, regardless of wear.

Winter operation

General notes

Have your vehicle winterproofed at a quali-fied specialist workshop at the onset of win-ter.Observe the notes in the "Changing a wheel"section (Y page 189).

172 Winter operation>>

Wheelsandtires.

Driving with summer tires

At temperatures below 45 ‡ (+7†), summertires lose elasticity and therefore tractionand braking power. Change the tires on yourvehicle to M+S tires. Using summer tires atvery cold temperatures could cause tears toform, thereby damaging the tires perma-nently. smart cannot accept responsibilityfor this type of damage.

G WARNING

Damaged tires can cause tire inflationpressure loss. As a result, you could losecontrol of your vehicle. There is a risk ofaccident.

Check the tires regularly for signs of dam-age and replace any damaged tires imme-diately.

M+S tires

G WARNING

M+S tires with a tire tread depth of lessthanã in (4 mm) are not suitable for use inwinter and do not provide sufficient trac-tion. There is a risk of an accident.

M+S tires with a tread depth of less thanãin (4 mm) must be replaced immediately.

At temperatures below 45‡ (+7†) use wintertires marked with M+S.Only winter tires bearing thei snowflakesymbol in addition to the M+S marking pro-vide the best possible grip in wintry roadconditions. Only these tires will allow driv-ing safety systems such as ABS and ESP® tofunction optimally in winter. These tireshave been developed specifically for drivingin snow.Use M+S tires of the same make and tread onall wheels to maintain safe handling charac-teristics.Always observe the maximum permissiblespeed specified for the M+S tires you havemounted. Therefore, only use tire types andsizes approved for smart. Observe the tireload rating and speed rating required forsmart.

Tires with a specified direction of rotationhave additional benefits, e.g. if there is arisk of aquaplaning. These advantages canonly be gained if the tires are mounted cor-responding to the direction of rotation.An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicatesits correct direction of rotation.

When you have mounted the M+S tires:

X Check the tire pressures (Y page 174).X Vehicles for USA: restart the tire pressuremonitor (Y page 179).

Snow chains

G WARNING

If snow chains are installed to the frontwheels, they may drag against the vehiclebody or chassis components. This couldcause damage to the vehicle or the tires.There is a risk of an accident.

To avoid hazardous situations:

Rnever install snow chains to the frontwheels

Ralways install snow chains in pairs to therear wheels.

! Vehicles with steel wheels: if you mountsnow chains on steel wheels, you may dam-age the hub caps. Remove the hub caps fromthe relevant wheels before mounting thesnow chains.

smart recommends that you only use snowchains that have been specially approved forsmart. For more information, please contactthe smart center or a qualified specialistworkshop.Bear in mind that snow chains are designedfor a certain wheel size. If you mount tiresthat are larger or smaller than the originaltires, you will require new snow chains of thecorrect size.If you intend to mount snow chains, pleasebear the following points in mind:

RSnow chains may not be mounted on allwheel/tire combinations. Permissiblewheel-tire combinations (Y page 193).ROnly use snow chains when driving on roadscompletely covered by snow. Remove the

Winter operation 173

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

snow chains as soon as possible when youcome to a road that is not snow-covered.RLocal regulations may restrict the use ofsnow chains. Observe the appropriate reg-ulations if you wish to mount snow chains.RDo not exceed the maximum permissiblespeed of 30 mph (50 km/h).

Tire pressure

Tire pressure specifications

G WARNING

Underinflated or overinflated tires posethe following risks:

Rthe tires may burst, especially as theload and vehicle speed increase.

Rthe tires may wear excessively and/orunevenly, which may greatly impair tiretraction.

Rthe driving characteristics, as well assteering and braking, may be greatlyimpaired.


Follow recommended tire inflation pres-sures and check the pressure of all the tiresincluding the spare wheel:

Rmonthly, at least

Rif the load changes

Rbefore beginning a long journey

Runder different operating conditions,e.g. off-road driving

If necessary, correct the tire pressure.

The specifications on the sample Tire andLoading Information placard and tire pres-sure tables are examples. Tire pressure spec-ifications are vehicle-specific and maydeviate from the data shown here. The tirepressure specifications that are valid foryour vehicle can be found on the Tire andLoading Information placard and tire pres-sure table on the vehicle.The recommended tire pressures for the tiresmounted at the factory can be found on thelabels described here.

Further information on tire pressures can beobtained at a qualified specialist workshop.

: Recommended tire pressures

The Tire and Loading Information placard ison the B-pillar on the driver's side(Y page 179).The Tire and Loading Information placardcontains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires. The recommended tire pressuresare valid for the maximum permissible loadand up to the maximum permissible vehiclespeed.The tire pressure table is on the inside of thefuel filler flap.

Example: tire pressure table for all tires per-mitted for this vehicle by the factory

The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

174 Tire pressure>>

Wheelsandtires.

Example: tire pressure table with tire dimen-sions

If a tire size precedes a tire pressure, thetire pressure information following is onlyvalid for that tire size. The load conditions"partially laden" and "fully laden" aredefined in the table for different numbers ofoccupants and amounts of luggage. The actualnumber of seats may differ.

Some tire pressure tables show only the rimdiameters instead of the full tire size, e.g.R18. The rim diameter is part of the tire sizeand can be found on the tire sidewall(Y page 184).If the tire pressures have been set to thelower values for lighter loads and/or lowerroad speeds, the pressures should be reset tothe higher values:

Rif you want to drive with an increased loadand/orRif you want to drive at higher road speeds.

i The tire pressures for increased loadsand/or higher road speeds, shown in thetire pressure table, may have a negativeeffect on driving comfort.

If the tire pressure is not set correctly, thiscan lead to an excessive build up of heat anda sudden loss of pressure.

For more information, contact a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Important notes on tire pressure

G WARNING

If the tire pressure drops repeatedly, thewheel, valve or tire may be damaged. Tirepressure that is too low may result in a tireblow-out. There is a risk of an accident.

RCheck the tire for foreign objects.

RCheck whether the wheel is losing air orthe valve is leaking.

If you are unable to rectify the damage,contact a qualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

If you fit unsuitable accessories onto tirevalves, the tire valves may be overloadedandmalfunction, which can cause tire pres-sure loss. Due to their design, retrofittedtire pressure monitors keep the tire valveopen. This can also result in tire pressureloss. There is a risk of an accident.

Only screw the standard valve cap or othervalve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz foryour vehicle onto the tire valve.

Use a suitable pressure gauge to check thetire pressure. The outer appearance of a tiredoes not permit any reliable conclusionabout the tire pressure. On vehicles equip-ped with the electronic tire pressure moni-tor, the tire pressure can be checked in theon-board computer.The tire temperature and pressure increasewhen the vehicle is in motion. This isdependent on the driving speed and the load.Therefore, you should only correct tire pres-sures when the tires are cold.The tires are cold:

Rif the vehicle has been parked with thetires out of direct sunlight for at leastthree hours andRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)

The tire temperature changes depending onthe outside temperature, the vehicle speed

Tire pressure 175

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

and the tire load. If the tire temperaturechanges by 18 ‡ (10†), the tire pressurechanges by approximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/1.5 psi). Take this into account when checkingthe pressure of warm tires. Only correct thetire pressure if it is too low for the currentoperating conditions. If you check the tirepressure when the tires are warm, the result-ing value will be higher than if the tires werecold. This is normal. Do not reduce the tirepressure to the value specified for coldtires. The tire pressure would otherwise betoo low.Observe the recommended tire pressures forcold tires:

Ron the Tire and Loading Information plac-ard on the B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table in the fuel fillerflap (Y page 96).

Underinflated or overinflated tires

G WARNING

Tires with pressure that is too low canoverheat and burst as a consequence. Inaddition, they also suffer from excessiveand/or irregular wear, which can severelyimpair the braking properties and thedriving characteristics. There is a risk ofan accident.

Avoid tire pressures that are too low in allthe tires, including the spare wheel.

Underinflated tires

Underinflated tires may:

Roverheat, leading to tire defectsRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on fuel consumption

G WARNING

Tires with excessively high pressure canburst because they are damagedmore easilyby road debris, potholes etc. In addition,they also suffer from irregular wear, whichcan severely impair the braking propertiesand the driving characteristics. There is arisk of an accident.

Avoid tire pressures that are too high in allthe tires, including the spare wheel.

Overinflated tires

Overinflated tires may:

Rincrease the braking distanceRadversely affect handlingRwear excessively and/or unevenlyRhave an adverse effect on ride comfortRbe more susceptible to damage

Maximum tire pressures

: Example: maximum permissible tirepressure

Never exceed the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure. Always observe the rec-ommended tire pressure for your vehicle whenadjusting the tire pressure (Y page 174).

i The actual values for tires are vehicle-specific and may deviate from the values inthe illustration.

Checking the tire pressures


Observe the notes on tire pressure(Y page 174).Information on air pressure for the tires onyour vehicle can be found:

Ron the vehicle's Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the B-pillarRin the tire pressure table in the fuel fillerflap (Y page 96)Rin the "Tire pressure" section

176 Tire pressure>>

Wheelsandtires.

Checking tire pressures manually

To determine and set the correct tire pres-sure, proceed as follows:

X Remove the valve cap of the tire that is to bechecked.

X Press the tire pressure gauge securely ontothe valve.

X Read the tire pressure and compare it withthe recommended value on the Tire andLoading Information placard (Y page 174).

X If the tire pressure is too low increase thetire pressure to the recommended value.

X If the tire pressure is too high, releaseair. To do this, press down the metal pin inthe valve using the tip of a pen, for exam-ple. Then check the tire pressure againusing the tire pressure checker.

X Screw the valve cap onto the valve.X Repeat these steps for the other tires.

Tire pressure monitor

General notes

i This function is only available in theUSA.

If a tire pressure monitor is installed, thevehicle's wheels have sensors that monitorthe tire pressures in all four tires. The tirepressure monitor warns you if the pressuredrops in one or more of the tires. The tirepressure monitor only functions if the cor-responding sensors are fitted to all wheels.


G WARNING

Each tire, including the spare (if provi-ded), should be checked at least once everytwo weeks when cold and inflated to thepressure recommended by the vehicle man-ufacturer on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion placard on the driver's door B-pillaror the tire pressure label on the inside ofthe fuel filler flap. If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indi-cated on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard or, if available, the tire pressure

label, you should determine the proper tirepressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure moni-toring system (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires are significantly underinflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale lights up, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Driv-ing on a significantly underinflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead totire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle's handling and stopping abil-ity. Please note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if underinfla-tion has not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thewarning lamp will flash for approximatelya minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will be repea-ted every time the vehicle is started as longas the malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, the sys-tem may not be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installation ofincompatible replacement or alternatetires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement

Tire pressure 177

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

or alternate Tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function properly.

It is the driver's responsibility to set thetire pressure to that recommended for coldtires which is suitable for the operating sit-uation (Y page 174). Note that the correct tirepressure for the current operating situationmust first be taught-in to the tire pressuremonitor. If there is a substantial loss ofpressure, the warning threshold for the warn-ing message is aligned to the reference val-ues taught-in. Restart the tire pressure mon-itor after adjusting to the cold tire pressure.The current pressures are saved as new ref-erence values. As a result, a warning messagewill appear if the tire pressure drops sig-nificantly.The tire pressuremonitor does not warn you ofan incorrectly set tire pressure. Observe thenotes on the recommended tire pressure(Y page 174).The tire pressure monitor is not able to warnyou of a sudden loss of pressure, e.g. if thetire is penetrated by a foreign object. In theevent of a sudden loss of pressure, bring thevehicle to a halt by braking carefully. Avoidabrupt steering maneuvers.The tire pressure monitor has a yellow warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster for indi-cating a pressure loss or malfunction.Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights upindicates whether a tire pressure is too lowor the tire pressure monitor is malfunction-ing:

RIf the warning lamp is lit continuously, thetire pressure on one or more tires is sig-nificantly too low. The tire pressure mon-itor is not malfunctioning.RIf the warning lamp flashes for around aminute and then remains lit constantly, thetire pressure monitor is malfunctioning.

i Amessage appears in the display in addi-tion to the warning lamp.Observe the information on display mes-sages (Y page 122).

If the tire pressure monitor is malfunction-ing, it may take up to ten minutes for the tirepressure warning lamp to inform you of themalfunction. The malfunction will be indi-cated first by the tire pressure warning lampflashing for approximately one minute and

then remaining lit. When the malfunction hasbeen rectified, the tire pressure warninglamp goes out after a few minutes of driving.The operation of the tire pressure monitorcan be affected by interference from radiotransmitting equipment (e.g. radio head-phones, two-way radios) that may be beingoperated in or near the vehicle.

Tire pressure monitor warning messages

If the tire pressure monitor detects a pres-sure loss in one or more tires, a warning mes-sage is shown in the display. The yellow warn-ing light in the tire pressure monitor lightsup. For certain display messages a warningtone also sounds.

RIf the Correct Tire Pressure messageappears in the display, the tire pressure inat least one tire is too low. Correct the tirepressure at the next opportunity.RIf the Tire Pressure Warning TireFailure message appears in the display,the tire pressure in one or more tires hasdropped suddenly and the tires must bechecked.

Observe the instructions and safety notes forthe display messages in the "Tires" section(Y page 122) and the indicator and warninglamps in the instrument cluster in the "Tires"section (Y page 135).

Restarting the tire pressure monitor

When you restart the tire pressure monitor,all existing warning messages are deletedand the warning lamps go out. The monitoruses the currently set tire pressures as thereference values for monitoring. In mostcases, the tire pressure monitor will auto-matically detect the new reference valuesafter you have changed the tire pressure.However, you can also define reference valuesmanually as described here. The tire pres-sure monitor then monitors the new tire pres-sure values.X Set the tire pressure to the value recom-mended for the corresponding driving sit-uation on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the B-pillar on the driver's side(Y page 174).Additional tire pressure values for dif-ferent loads can also be found on the tire

178 Tire pressure>>

Wheelsandtires.

pressure table on the inside of the fuelfiller flap (Y page 174).

X Make sure that the tire pressure is correcton all four wheels.

On-board computer with a color displayX To restart the tire pressure monitor: pressthe9 or: button on the steeringwheel to select the Settings menu andpressa on the steering wheel to con-firm.

X Press the9 or: button to select theTire Pressure Monitor submenu and con-firm witha.The Tire Pressure Monitor Use Cur‐rent Pressures As New Reference Val‐ues? message appears in the display.

If you wish to confirm the restart:

X Press the9 or: button to select yesand press thea button to confirm.The Tire Pressure Monitor Restartedmessage appears in the display.

X Pressa to confirm.

After a short while, the message is alsohidden without pressing thea button.After driving for a few minutes, the systemchecks whether the current tire pressuresare within the specified range. The newtire pressures are then accepted as refer-ence values and monitored.

i If the Tire Pressure Monitor Restar‐ted message does not appear after approx-imately 5 seconds, the restart was not suc-cessful. If this occurs, repeat the restart.

If you wish to cancel the restart:

X Press the9 or: button to select noand press thea button to confirm.The tire pressure values stored at the lastrestart will continue to be monitored.

Radio type approval for the tire pressuremonitor

Country Radio type approval number

USA FCC ID: MRXMW2433AFCC ID: MRXGG4FCC ID: MRXMC34MA4

Canada IC: 2546A-MW2433AIC: 2546A-GG4IC: 2546A-MC34MA4

Loading the vehicle

Instruction labels for tires and loads

G WARNING

Overloaded tires can overheat, causing ablowout. Overloaded tires can also impairthe steering and driving characteristicsand lead to brake failure. There is a risk ofaccident.

Observe the load rating of the tires. Theload ratingmust be at least half of the GAWRof your vehicle. Never overload the tires byexceeding the maximum load.

Two instruction labels on your vehicle showthe maximum possible load.

(1) The Tire and Loading Information plac-ard is on the B-pillar on the driver'sside. The Tire and Loading Informationplacard shows the maximum permissiblenumber of occupants and the maximumpermissible vehicle load. It also con-tains details of the tire sizes and corre-sponding pressures for tires mounted atthe factory.

(2) The vehicle identification plate is onthe B-pillar on the driver's side. Thevehicle identification plate informs youof the gross vehicle weight rating. It ismade up of the vehicle weight, all vehicleoccupants, the fuel and the cargo. You canalso find information about the maximumgross axle weight rating on the front andrear axle.The maximum gross axle weight rating isthe maximum weight that can be carriedby one axle (front or rear axle). Never

Loading the vehicle 179

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

exceed the maximum load or the maximumgross axle weight rating for the front orrear axle.

: B-pillar, driver's side

Maximum permissible gross vehicleweight rating

X Specification for maximum gross vehicleweight: is listed in the Tire and LoadingInformation placard: "The combinedweight of occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs."

The gross weight of all vehicle occupants,load and luggage must not exceed the speci-fied value.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illus-tration are examples. The maximum per-missible gross vehicle weight rating isvehicle-specific and may differ from thatin the illustration. You can find the validmaximumpermissible gross vehicle weightrating for your vehicle on the Tire andLoading Information placard.

Number of seats

Maximum number of seats: indicates themaximum number of occupants allowed totravel in the vehicle. This information can befound on the Tire and Loading Informationplacard.

i The specifications shown on the Tire andLoading Information placard in the illus-tration are examples. The number of seatsis vehicle-specific and can differ from thedetails shown. The number of seats in yourvehicle can be found on the Tire and Load-ing Information placard.

Determining the correct load limit

Step-by-step instructions

The following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers under Title 49,Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575pursuant to the "National Traffic and MotorVehicle Safety Act of 1966".X Step 1: Locate the statement "The combinedweight of occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information placard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that will be rid-ing in your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kilogramsor XXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example: at a sum “XXX” of1400 lbs and five occupants each weighing150 lbs, the amount of available cargo and

180 Loading the vehicle>>

Wheelsandtires.

luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 - 750(5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on the

vehicle. That weight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggage load capa-city calculated in step 4.

Example: steps 1 to 3

The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities withvarying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples usea load limit of 1500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only.Make sure you are usingthe actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle's Tire and Loading Informationplacard (Y page 179).The greater the combined weight of the occupants, the lower the maximum luggage load.Step 1

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

Combined maximumweight of occupants andcargo (data from theTire and Loading Infor-mation placard)

1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg) 1500 lbs (680 kg)

Step 2


Number of people in thevehicle (driver andoccupants)

5 3 1

Distribution of theoccupants

Front: 2Rear: 3

Front: 1Rear: 2

Front: 1

Weight of the occupants Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)Occupant 2: 180 lbs(82 kg)Occupant 3: 160 lbs(73 kg)Occupant 4: 140 lbs(63 kg)Occupant 5: 120 lbs(54 kg)

Occupant 1: 200 lbs(91 kg)Occupant 2: 190 lbs(86 kg)Occupant 3: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Occupant 1: 150 lbs(68 kg)

Gross weight of alloccupants

750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg)

Loading the vehicle 181

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Step 3


Permissible load (max-imum gross vehicleweight rating from theTire and Loading Infor-mation placard minusthe gross weight of alloccupants)

1500 lbs (680 kg)Ò750 lbs (340 kg) =750 lbs (340 kg)



Vehicle identification plate

Even if you have calculated the total cargocarefully, you should still make sure that thegross vehicle weight rating and the grossaxle weight rating are not exceeded. Detailscan be found on the vehicle identificationplate on the B-pillar on the driver's side ofthe vehicle (Y page 179).Permissible gross vehicle weight: the grossweight of the vehicle, all passengers, loadand trailer load/noseweight (if applicable)must not exceed the permissible gross vehi-cle weight.Gross axle weight rating: the maximum per-missible weight that can be carried by oneaxle (front or rear axle).To ensure that your vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible values (gross vehi-cle weight and maximum gross axle weightrating), have your loaded vehicle (includingdriver, occupants, cargo, and full trailerload if applicable) weighed on a suitablevehicle weighbridge.

All about wheels and tires

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Overview of Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards areU.S. government specifications. Their pur-pose is to provide drivers with uniform reli-able information on tire performance data.Tire manufacturers have to grade tires usingthree performance factors:: tread weargrade,; traction grade and= temperaturegrade. These regulations do not apply to Can-ada. Nevertheless, all tires sold in NorthAmerica are provided with the correspondingquality grading markings on the sidewall ofthe tire.Quality grades can be found, where applica-ble, on the tire sidewall between the treadshoulder and maximum tire width.Example:

RTreadwear grade: 200RTraction grade: AARTemperature grade: A

182 All about wheels and tires>>

Wheelsandtires.

All passenger car tires must conform to thestatutory safety requirements in addition tothese grades.


Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedU.S. government course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half timesas well on the government test track as a tiregraded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate conditions.

Traction

G WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damageto the drive train.

The traction grades– fromhighest to lowest –are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire's ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on dry road surfa-ces.You should pay special attention to road con-ditions when temperatures are around freez-ing point.smart recommends a minimum tread depth ofã in (4 mm) on all four winter tires. Observethe legally required minimum tire treaddepth (Y page 172). Winter tires can reducethe braking distance on snow-covered surfa-

ces in comparison with summer tires. Thebraking distance is still much further than onsurfaces that are not icy or covered with snow.Take appropriate care when driving.Further information on winter tires (M+Stires) (Y page 173).

Temperature

G WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive load-ing, either separately or in combination,can cause excessive heat build-up and pos-sible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), Band C. They represent the tire's resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability to dis-sipate heat when tested under controlled con-ditions on a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature can causethe material of the tire to degenerate andreduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance whichall passenger car tires must meet under theFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

All about wheels and tires 183

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Tire labeling

Overview of tire labeling

: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standard(Y page 187)

; DOT, Tire Identification Number(Y page 186)

= Maximum tire load (Y page 186)? Maximum tire pressure (Y page 176)A ManufacturerB Tire material (Y page 187)C Tire size designation, load-bearing

capacity and speed rating (Y page 184)D Load index (Y page 186)E Tire name

The markings described above are on the tirein addition to the tire name (sales designa-tion) and the manufacturer's name.

i Tire data is vehicle-specific and maydeviate from the data in the example.

Tire size designation, load-bearingcapacity and speed rating

G WARNING

Exceeding the stated tire load-bearingcapacity and the approved maximum speedcould lead to tire damage or the tire burst-ing. There is a risk of accident.

Therefore, only use tire types and sizesapproved for your vehicle model. Observe

the tire load rating and speed ratingrequired for your vehicle.

: Tire width; Nominal aspect ratio in %= Tire code? Rim diameterA Load bearing indexB Speed rating

General: depending on the manufacturer'sstandards, the size imprinted in the tire wallmay not contain any letters or may contain oneletter that precedes the size description.If there is no letter preceding the sizedescription (as shown above): these arepassenger vehicle tires according to Euro-pean manufacturing standards.If "P" precedes the size description: theseare passenger vehicle tires according to U.S.manufacturing standards.If "LT" precedes the size description: theseare light truck tires according to U.S. man-ufacturing standards.If "T" precedes the size description: compactemergency wheels with high tire pressurethat are only designed for temporary use in anemergency.Tire width: tire width: shows the nominaltire width in millimeters.Height-width ratio: aspect ratio; is thesize ratio between the tire height and tirewidth and is shown in percent. The aspectratio is calculated by dividing the tire widthby the tire height.Tire code: tire code= specifies the tiretype. "R" represents radial tires; "D" repre-sents diagonal tires; "B" represents diago-nal radial tires.


Wheelsandtires.

Optionally, tires with a maximum speed ofover 149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" in thesize description, depending on the manufac-turer (e.g. 245/40 ZR 18).Rim diameter: rim diameter? is the diam-eter of the bead seat, not the diameter of therim flange. The rim diameter is specified ininches (in).Load-bearing index: load-bearing indexAis a numerical code that specifies the maxi-mum load-bearing capacity of a tire.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permis-sible load can be found on the vehicle's Tireand Loading Information placard on theB-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 179).Example:Load-bearing index 91 indicates a maximumload of 1,356 lb (615 kg) that the tires can bear.For further information on the maximum tireload in kilograms and lbs, see (Y page 186).For further information on the load bearingindex, see "Load index" (Y page 186).Speed rating: speed ratingB specifies theapproved maximum speed of the tire.


Regardless of the speed rating, alwaysobserve the speed limits. Drive carefully andadapt your driving style to the traffic con-ditions.Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

Index Speed rating

ZR...(..Y) over 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR over 149 mph (240 km/h)

ROptionally, tires with a maximum speed ofover 149 mph (240 km/h) may have "ZR" in thesize description, depending on the manu-facturer (e.g. 245/40 ZR18).The service specification is made up ofload-bearing indexA and speed ratingB.RIf the size description of your tireincludes "ZR" and there are no servicespecifications, ask the tire manufacturerin order to find out the maximum speed.If a service specification is available, themaximum speed is limited according to thespeed rating in the service specification.Example: 245/40 ZR18 97 Y. In this example,"97 Y" is the service specification. Theletter "Y" represents the speed rating. Themaximum speed of the tire is limited to186 mph (300 km/h).RThe size description for all tires withmaximum speeds of over 186 mph (300 km/h)must include "ZR", and the service speci-fication must be given in parentheses.Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating"(Y)" indicates that the maximum speed ofthe tire is over 186 mph (300 km/h). Ask thetire manufacturer about the maximumspeed.

All-weather tires and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S2 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S2 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S2 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S2 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all tires with the M+S marking pro-vide the driving characteristics of wintertires. In addition to the M+S marking, win-ter tires also have thei snowflake sym-bol on the tire wall. Tires with this mark-ing fulfill the requirements of the RubberManufacturers Association (RMA) and the

2 Or M+Si for winter tires.


>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Rubber Association of Canada (RAC)regarding the tire traction on snow. Theyhave been especially developed for drivingon snow.

An electronic speed limiter prevents yourvehicle from exceeding a speed of 130 mph(210 km/h).The speed rating of tires mounted at the fac-tory may be higher than the maximum speedthat the electronic speed limiter permits.Make sure that your tires have the requiredspeed rating, e.g. when buying new tires. Therequired speed rating for your vehicle can befound in the "Tires" section (Y page 193).Further information about reading tire datacan be obtained from any qualified special-ist workshop.

Load index

In addition to the load-bearing index, loadrating: may also be imprinted on the side-wall of the tire. This is located after the let-ters that identify the speed rating(Y page 184).RIf no specification is given: no text (as inthe example above), represents a standardload (SL) tireRXL or Extra Load: represents a reinforcedtireRLight Load: represents a light load tireRC, D, E: represents a load range thatdepends on the maximum load that the tirecan carry at a certain pressure


Maximum load rating

Maximum tire load: is the maximum per-missible weight for which the tire isapproved.Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit. The maximum permis-sible load can be found on the vehicle's Tireand Loading Information placard on theB-pillar on the driver's side (Y page 179).


DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)

U.S tire regulations prescribe that every tiremanufacturer or retreader must imprint a TINin or on the sidewall of every tire produced.

The TIN is a unique identification number.The TIN enables the tire manufacturers orretreaders to inform purchasers of recallsand other safety-relevant matters. It makes itpossible for the purchaser to easily identifythe affected tires.The TIN is made up of manufacturer identi-fication code;, tire size=, tire typecode? and manufacturing dateA.


Wheelsandtires.

DOT (Department of Transportation): tiresymbol: indicates that the tire complieswith the requirements of the U.S. Departmentof Transportation.Manufacturer identification code: manufac-turer identification code; providesdetails on the tire manufacturer. New tireshave a code with two symbols. Retreaded tireshave a code with four symbols.For further information about retreadedtires, see (Y page 193).Tire size: identifier= describes the tiresize.Tire type code: tire type code? can be usedby the manufacturer as a code to describespecific characteristics of the tire.Date of manufacture: date of manufactureAprovides information about the age of a tire.The first and second positions represent theweek of manufacture, starting with "01" forthe first calendar week. Positions three andfour represent the year of manufacture. Forexample, a tire that is marked with "3208",was manufactured in week 32 in 2008.


Tire characteristics

This information describes the type of tirecord and the number of layers in sidewall:and under tire tread;.


Definition of terms for tires and loading

Tire ply composition and material usedDescribes the number of plies or the numberof layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tiretread and sidewall. These are made of steel,nylon, polyester and other materials.

BarMetric unit for tire pressure. 14.5038 poundsper square inch (psi) and 100 kilopascals(kPa) are the equivalent of 1 bar.

DOT (Department of Transportation)DOT marked tires fulfill the requirements ofthe United States Department of Transporta-tion.

Normal occupant weightThe number of occupants for which the vehicleis designed multiplied by 68 kilograms(150 lbs).

Uniform Tire Quality Grading StandardsA uniform standard to grade the quality oftires with regards to tread quality, tire trac-tion and temperature characteristics. Thequality grading assessment is made by themanufacturer following specifications fromthe U.S. government. The ratings are moldedinto the sidewall of the tire.

Recommended tire pressuresThe recommended tire pressure applies to thetires mounted at the factory.The Tire and Loading Information placardcontains the recommended tire pressures forcold tires on a fully loaded vehicle and forthe maximum permissible vehicle speed.The tire pressure table contains the recom-mended pressures for cold tires for variousoperating conditions, i.e. differing load andspeed conditions.

Increased vehicle weight due to optionalequipmentThe combined weight of all standard andoptional equipment available for the vehi-cle, regardless of whether it is actuallyinstalled on the vehicle or not.


>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

RimThis is the part of the wheel on which the tireis mounted.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weightrating. The actual load on an axle must neverexceed the gross axle weight rating. Thegross axle weight rating can be found on thevehicle identification plate on the B-pillaron the driver's side.

Speed ratingThe speed rating is part of the tire identi-fication. It specifies the speed range forwhich the tire is approved.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)The gross vehicle weight includes the weightof the vehicle including fuel, tools, the sparewheel, accessories installed, occupants, lug-gage and the drawbar noseweight, if appli-cable. The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWRas specified on the vehicle identificationplate on the B-pillar on the driver's side.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)The GVWR is the maximum permissible grossweight of a fully loaded vehicle (the weight ofthe vehicle including all accessories, occu-pants, fuel, luggage and the drawbar nose-weight, if applicable). The gross vehicleweight rating is specified on the vehicleidentification plate on the B-pillar on thedriver's side.

Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe maximum weight is the sum of:

Rthe curb weight of the vehicleRthe weight of the accessoriesRthe load limitRthe weight of the factory installed optionalequipment

Kilopascal (kPa)Metric unit for tire pressure. 6.9 kPa corre-sponds to 1 psi. Another unit for tire pressureis bar. 100 kilopascals (kPa) are the equiva-lent of 1 bar.

Load indexIn addition to the load-bearing index, theload index may also be imprinted on the side-wall of the tire. This specifies the load-bearing capacity more precisely.

Curb weightThe weight of a vehicle with standard equip-ment including the maximum capacity of fuel,oil and coolant. It also includes the air-con-ditioning system and optional equipment ifthese are installed in the vehicle, but doesnot include passengers or luggage.

Maximum load ratingThemaximum load rating is themaximum per-missible weight in kilograms or pounds forwhich a tire is approved.

Maximum permissible tire pressureMaximum permissible tire pressure for onetire.

Maximum load on one tireMaximum load on one tire. This is calculatedby dividing themaximum axle load of one axleby two.

PSI (pounds per square inch)A standard unit of measure for tire pressure.

Aspect ratioRelationship between tire height and tirewidth in percent.

Tire pressureThis is pressure inside the tire applying anoutward force to each square inch of the tire'ssurface. The tire pressure is specified inpounds per square inch (psi), in kilopascal(kPa) or in bar. The tire pressure should onlybe corrected when the tires are cold.

Cold tire pressureThe tires are cold:

Rif the vehicle has been parked with thetires out of direct sunlight for at leastthree hours andRif the vehicle has not been driven furtherthan 1 mile (1.6 km)


Wheelsandtires.

TreadThe part of the tire that comes into contactwith the road.

BeadThe tire bead ensures that the tire sitssecurely on the wheel. There are several steelwires in the bead to prevent the tire fromcoming loose from the wheel rim.

SidewallThe part of the tire between the tread and thebead.

Weight of optional extrasThe combined weight of those optional extrasthat weigh more than the replaced standardparts and more than 5 lbs (2.3 kilograms).These optional extras, such as high-perform-ance brakes, level control, a roof rack or ahigh-performance battery, are not includedin the curb weight and the weight of theaccessories.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)This is a unique identifier which can be usedby a tire manufacturer to identify tires, forexample for a product recall, and thus iden-tify the purchasers. The TIN is made up of themanufacturer's identity code, tire size, tiretype code and the manufacturing date.

Load bearing indexThe load bearing index (also load index) is acode that contains the maximum load bearingcapacity of a tire.

TractionTraction is the result of friction between thetires and the road surface.

Treadwear indicatorsNarrow bars (tread wear bars) that are dis-tributed over the tire tread. If the tire treadis level with the bars, the wear limit ofá in(1.6 mm) has been reached.

Occupant distributionThe distribution of occupants in a vehicle attheir designated seating positions.

Total load limitNominal load and luggage load plus 68 kg(150 lbs) multiplied by the number of seats inthe vehicle.

Changing a wheel

Flat tire

You can find information on what to do in theevent of a flat tire in the "Flat tire" section(Y page 156).

Rotating the wheels

G WARNING

Never interchange the front and rear wheelsas they have different dimensions, e.g.size, wheel offset etc. Otherwise, therecould be a negative effect on the road hold-ing and you could endanger yourself or oth-ers.

! On vehicles equipped with a tire pressuremonitor, electronic components are loca-ted in the wheel.Tire-mounting tools should not be usednear the valve. This could damage the elec-tronic components.Only have tires changed at a qualified spe-cialist workshop.

Various types of steel wheel can be fitted onyour vehicle. Some steel wheels have a redmark in the hub cap area. The hub cap has to beremoved to see the red mark, see "Raising thevehicle" in the "Wheel change" section(Y page 190). When changing the wheels,always fit wheels of the same type on all axles.Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes when changing a wheel(Y page 189).The wear patterns on the front and rear tiresdiffer, depending on the operating condi-tions. Front tires typically wear more on theshoulders and the rear tires in the center.Clean the contact surfaces of the wheel andthe brake disc thoroughly every time a wheelis rotated. Check the tire pressure and reac-tivate the tire pressuremonitor if necessary.

Changing a wheel 189

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Direction of rotation

Tires with a specified direction of rotationhave additional benefits, e.g. if there is arisk of hydroplaning. These advantages canonly be gained if the tires are fitted corre-sponding to the direction of rotation.An arrow on the sidewall of the tire indicatesits correct direction of rotation.

Storing wheels

Store wheels that are not being used in a cool,dry and preferably dark place. Protect thetires from oil, grease, gasoline and diesel.

Mounting a wheel

Preparing the vehicle

X Make sure that you have the appropriatetire-changing tools. For further informa-tion inquire at any smart center.

X Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery andlevel ground.

X Apply the parking brake (Y page 98).X Bring the front wheels into the straight-ahead position.

X Vehicles with automatic transmission:shift the transmission to position P.

X Vehicles with manual transmission:depress the clutch pedal fully and engagefirst or reverse gear.

X Switch off the engine.X Remove the SmartKey from the ignitionlock.

X Also secure the vehicle against rollingaway.

Securing the vehicle to prevent it fromrolling away

X On level ground: place chocks or other suit-able items under the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally opposite the wheelyou wish to change.

X On light downhill gradients: place chocksor other suitable items in front of thewheels of the front and rear axle.

Raising the vehicle

G WARNING

If you do not position the jack correctly atthe appropriate jacking point of the vehi-cle, the jack could tip over with the vehicleraised. There is a risk of injury.

Only position the jack at the appropriatejackingpoint of the vehicle. The base of thejack must be positioned vertically,directly under the jacking point of thevehicle.

190 Changing a wheel>>

Wheelsandtires.

Observe the following when raising the vehi-cle:

Rmake sure you have a suitable jack andwheel wrench. If used incorrectly, the jackcould tip over with the vehicle raised.For further information inquire at anysmart center.Rthe jack is designed only to raise and holdthe vehicle for a short time while a wheelis being changed. It is not suited for per-forming maintenance work under the vehi-cle.Ravoid changing the wheel on uphill anddownhill slopes.Rbefore raising the vehicle, secure it fromrolling away by applying the parking brakeand inserting wheel chocks. Never disen-gage the parking brake while the vehicle israised.Rthe jack must be placed on a firm, flat andnon-slip surface. On a loose surface, alarge, flat load-bearing underlay must beused. On a slippery surface, a non-slipunderlay must be used, e.g. rubber mats.Rdo not use wooden blocks or similar objectsas a jack underlay. Otherwise, the jack willnot be able to achieve its load-bearingcapacity due to the restricted height.Rmake sure that the distance between theunderside of the tires and the ground doesnot exceed 1.2 in (3 cm).Rnever place your hands and feet under theraised vehicle.Rdo not lie under the vehicle.Rdo not start the engine when the vehicle israised.Rdo not open or close a door or the tailgatewhile the vehicle is raised.Rmake sure that no persons are present in thevehicle when the vehicle is raised.

! The jack is designed exclusively forjacking up the vehicle at the jackingpoints. Otherwise, your vehicle could bedamaged.

Steel wheel with hub cap

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:carefully reach into two of the hub capopenings and remove the hub cap.


X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps:remove the hub cap.

X Using wheel wrench:, loosen the bolts onthe wheel you wish to change by about onefull turn. Do not unscrew the bolts com-pletely.

Changing a wheel 191

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

The vehicle may only be raised at the desig-nated jacking points on the sill.The jacking points are located just behindfront wheel arches: and just in front of rearwheel arches;. You can identify the jackingpoints by the triangular indentations on thesill.To avoid damage, position the jack centrallyunder the triangular indentations.

X Position jack; centrally under the tri-angular indentations at the jacking pointson the sill:.

Example

X Make sure the foot of the jack is directlybeneath the jacking point.

X Raise the vehicle with jack; until thetire is a maximum of 1.2 in (3 centimeters)off the ground.

Removing a wheel

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or on adirty surface. The bolt and wheel hubthreads could otherwise be damaged whenyou screw them in.

X Unscrew the wheel bolts.

X Remove the wheel.

Mounting a new wheel

G WARNING

Oiled or greased wheel bolts or damagedwheel bolts/hub threads can cause the wheelbolts to come loose. As a result, you couldlose a wheel while driving. There is a riskof accident.

Never oil or grease wheel bolts. In the eventof damage to the threads, contact a quali-fied specialist workshop immediately.Have the damagedwheel bolts or hub threadsreplaced/renewed. Do not continue driv-ing.

G WARNING

If you tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is raised, the jack couldtip over. There is a risk of injury.

Only tighten the wheel bolts or wheel nutswhen the vehicle is on the ground.

Always pay attention to the instructions andsafety notes in the "Changing a wheel" sec-tion (Y page 189).Only use wheel bolts that are designed for thewheel and the vehicle. For safety reasons,smart recommends that you only use wheelbolts which have been approved for smartvehicles and the respective wheel.

! To prevent damage to the paintwork, holdthe wheel securely against the wheel hubwhile screwing in the first wheel bolt.

192 Changing a wheel>>

Wheelsandtires.

X Clean the wheel and wheel hub contact sur-faces.

X Place the new wheel on the wheel hub andpush it on.

X Tighten the wheel bolts until they are fin-ger-tight.

Lowering the vehicle

G WARNING

The wheels could work loose if the wheelnuts and bolts are not tightened to thespecified tightening torque. There is arisk of accident.

Have the tightening torque immediatelychecked at a qualified specialist workshopafter a wheel is changed.

X Lower the vehicle until it is once againstanding firmly on the ground.

X Place the jack to one side.

X Tighten the wheel bolts in the sequenceindicated: to?.

Do this evenly in a crosswise pattern. Thetightening torque must be 77 lb-ft (105 Nm).

X Check the tire pressure of the newly moun-ted wheel and adjust it if necessary.Observe the recommended tire pressure(Y page 174).

i Vehicles with tire pressure monitor: allwheels mounted must be equipped withfunctioning sensors.


X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: fithub capA so that tire valveB is not trap-ped.

X Press the hub capA evenly onto the wheelwith both hands.

X Check to make sure the hub capA is seatedsafely on the wheel.

X Vehicles with steel wheels and hub caps: fitthe hub cap.

Wheel and tire combinations

General notes

! For safety reasons, smart recommends thatyou only use tires and wheels which havebeen specifically approved by smart foryour vehicle. These are specially adaptedto the control systems, such as ABS or ESP®.Only use tires and wheels specifically tes-ted and approved by smart. Certain char-acteristics, e.g. handling, vehicle noiseemissions or fuel consumption, may other-wise be adversely affected. In addition,when driving with a load, dimensional var-iations and different tire deformationcharacteristics could cause the tires tomake contact with the bodywork and axlecomponents. This could result in damage tothe tires or the vehicle.

Wheel and tire combinations 193

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

smart accepts no liability for damageresulting from the use of tires or wheelsother than those tested and approved.Information on wheels and tires can beobtained at a qualified specialist work-shop, e.g. a smart center.

! Retreaded tires have not been tested bysmart and are not recommended. Previousdamage sustained by the tires (before theretreading process) cannot always be rec-ognized. As a result, smart cannot guaran-tee vehicle safety if retreaded tires arefitted.

Overview of abbreviations used in the fol-lowing tire tables:

RBA: both axlesRFA: front axleRRA: rear axleThe recommended pressures for various oper-ating conditions can be found:

Ron the Tire and Loading Information plac-ard with the recommended tire pressures onthe B-pillar on the driver's sideRin the tire pressure table on the inside ofthe fuel filler flap

Observe the notes on recommended tire pres-sures under various operating conditions(Y page 174).Check tire pressures regularly, and only whenthe tires are cold. Comply with the mainte-

nance recommendations of the tire manufac-turer in the vehicle document wallet.Notes on the vehicle equipment – alwaysequip the vehicle with:

Rtires of the same size on a given axle (left/right)Rwith the same type of tires on all wheels ata given time (summer tires, winter tires)Exception: it is permissible to fit a dif-ferent type or make in the event of a flattire.

i The following pages contain informationon approved wheel rim and tire sizes forequipping your vehicle with winter tires.Winter tires are not available at the fac-tory as standard equipment or optionalextras.If you want to equip your vehicle withapproved winter tires, it may be necessaryto obtain wheel rims in the correspondingsize. The size of the approved winter tiresmay differ from the standard tires. This isdependent on the model and the equipmentinstalled at the factory.The tires and wheel rims, as well as furtherinformation, can be obtained at a quali-fied specialist workshop.

i Not all wheel and tire combinations areavailable at the factory for all countries.

194 Wheel and tire combinations>>

Wheelsandtires.

Tires

smart fortwo coupe 66 kW Turbo

All-weather tiresR 15

Tires Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+SRA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+S

Steel wheels:FA: 5.0 J x 15 H2Wheel offset: 1.25 in (32 mm)RA: 5.5 J x 15 H2Wheel offset: 1.65 in (42 mm)Light-alloy wheels:FA: 5.0 J x 15 CHWheel offset: 1.25 in (32 mm)RA: 5.5 J x 15 CHWheel offset: 1.65 in (42 mm)

FA: 165/65 R15 81 H M+SRA: 185/60 R15 84 H M+S


R 16

Tires Wheels

FA: 185/50 R16 81 H M+SRA: 205/45 R16 83 H M+S

Light-alloy wheels:FA: 6.0 J x 16 CHWheel offset: 1.73 in (44 mm)RA: 6.5 J x 16 CHWheel offset: 1.57 in (40 mm)

Wheel and tire combinations 195

>>Wheelsandtires.

Z

Winter tiresR 15

Tires Wheels

FA: 165/65 R15 81 T M+Si

RA: 185/60 R15 84 T M+Si


196 Wheel and tire combinations>>

Wheelsandtires.

Information regarding technical data

General information

i The data stated here specifically refersto a vehicle with standard equipment. Con-sult a smart center for the data for all vehi-cle variants and trim levels.

Vehicle electronics

Retrofitting two-way radios andmobile phones (RF transmitters)

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from modi-fied or incorrectly retrofitted RF-trans-mitters can interfere with the vehicleelectronics. This can compromise theoperational safety of the vehicle. There isa risk of an accident.

You should have all work to electrical andelectronic equipment carried out at aqualified specialist workshop.

G WARNING

The electromagnetic radiation from incor-rectly operated RF transmitters can inter-fere with the vehicle electronics, forexample:

Rif the RF transmitter is not connectedwith an exterior antenna

Rthe exterior antenna has been installedincorrectly or is not a low-reflectiontype

This can compromise the operational safetyof the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Have the low-reflection exterior antennamounted at a qualified specialist work-shop. When operating RF transmitters inthe vehicle, always connect them with thelow-reflection exterior antenna.

! The operating permit may be invalidatedif the instructions for installation and useof RF transmitters are not observed.

In particular, the following conditionsmust be complied with:

Ronly approved wavebands may be used.Rcompliance with the maximum permissi-ble output in these wavebands isrequired.Ronly approved antenna positions may beused.

Excessive levels of electromagnetic radia-tion may cause damage to your health and thehealth of others. Using an exterior antennatakes into account current scientific discus-sions relating to the possible health hazardsthat may result from electromagnetic fields.The following antenna positions may be usedif RF transmitters have been properly instal-led:

Approved antenna positions: Front roof area; Rear roof area

Use the Technical Specification ISO/TS 21609when retrofitting RF transmitters (RoadVehicles - EMC guidelines for installation ofaftermarket radio frequency transmittingequipment). Observe the legal requirementsfor retrofittings.If your vehicle has fittings for two-way radioequipment, use the power supply or antennaconnections intended for use with the basicwiring. Be sure to observe the manufacturer'sadditional instructions when installing.Deviations with respect to wavebands, maxi-mum transmission outputs or antenna posi-tions must be approved by smart.

i Damage or consequential damage arisingfrom retrofitting RF transmitters in thevehicle, is not covered by the smart war-ranty.

Vehicle electronics 197

>>Technicaldata.

Z

The maximum transmission output (PEAK) atthe base of the antenna must not exceed thefollowing values:

Waveband Maximum trans-mission output

Tetra380 - 410 MHz

20 W

Mobile communicationsgeneration 2G/3G/4G

6 W

The following can be used in the vehicle with-out restrictions:

RRF transmitters with a maximum transmis-sion output of up to 100 mWRMobile phones (2G/3G/4G)There is no restriction for antenna positionson the outside of the vehicle for the followingwavebands:

RTetraRMobile communications (2G/3G/4G)

Identification plates

Vehicle identification plate withvehicle identification number (VIN)

X Open the driver's door.You will see vehicle identificationplate:.

Example: vehicle identification plate (USAonly); Vehicle model= Paint code

Example: vehicle identification plate (Canadaonly); VIN= Paint code

i The data shown on the vehicle identifi-cation plate is used only as an example.This data is different for every vehicle andcan deviate from the data shown here. Youcan find the data applicable to your vehi-cle on the vehicle identification plate.

198 Identification plates>>

Technicaldata.

Vehicle identification number (VIN)


X Fold up floor covering: in front of theright-hand front seat.You will see VIN;.

The VIN can also be found in the followinglocations:

Rat lower edge of the windshield:Ron the vehicle identification plate(Y page 198)

Engine number

: Engine number (stamped into the crank-case)

: Emissions control information plate

Service products and filling capaci-ties


G WARNING

Service products may be poisonous and haz-ardous to health. There is a risk of injury.

Comply with instructions on the use, stor-age and disposal of service products on thelabels of the respective original contain-ers. Always store service products sealedin their original containers. Always keepservice products out of the reach of chil-dren.


Dispose of service products in an environ-mentally responsible manner.

Service products and filling capacities 199

>>Technicaldata.

Z

Service products include the following:

RFuelsRLubricants (e.g. engine oil, transmissionoil)RCoolantRBrake fluidRWindshield washer fluidRClimate control system refrigerantComponents and service products must bematched. You should therefore only use prod-ucts that have been tested and approved byMercedes-Benz.Information on tested and approved productscan be obtained at a smart center.You can recognize service products approvedby Mercedes-Benz by the following inscrip-tion on the containers:

RMB-Freigabe (e.g. MB-Freigabe 229.51)RMB Approval (e.g. MB Approval 229.51)Other designations or recommendationsindicate a level of quality or a specificationin accordance with an MB Sheet Number (e.g.MB 229.5). They have not necessarily beenapproved by Mercedes-Benz.

i For further information inquire at anysmart center.

Fuel


G WARNING

Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuelincorrectly, there is a risk of fire andexplosion.

You must avoid fire, open flames, creatingsparks and smoking. Switch off the engineand, if applicable, the auxiliary heatingbefore refueling.

G WARNING

Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health.There is a risk of injury.

You must make sure that fuel does not comeinto contact with your skin, eyes or cloth-ing and that it is not swallowed. Do not

inhale fuel vapors. Keep fuel away fromchildren.

If you or others come into contact with fuel,observe the following:

RWash away fuel from skin immediatelyusing soap and water.

RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes,immediately rinse them thoroughly withclean water. Seek medical assistancewithout delay.

RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-tance without delay. Do not induce vom-iting.

RImmediately change out of clothingwhich has come into contact with fuel.

Tank capacity

Model Total capa-city

All models 8.7 US gal(33.0 l)

Model Of whichreserve

All models Approx.1.3 US gal(5.0 l)

Gasoline

Fuel grade

! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with agasoline engine. Do not switch on the igni-tion if you accidentally refuel with thewrong fuel. Otherwise, the fuel will enterthe fuel system. Even small amounts of thewrong fuel could result in damage to thefuel system and the engine. Notify a quali-fied specialist workshop and have the fueltank and fuel lines drained completely.

! Only refuel using premium-grade unlea-ded gasoline with at least 91 AKI/95 RON(91 octane).

200 Service products and filling capacities>>

Technicaldata.

! Only use the fuel recommended. Operatingthe vehicle with other fuels can lead toengine failure.

! Do not use the following:

RE85 (gasoline with 85% ethanol)RE100 (100% ethanol)RM15 (gasoline with 15% methanol)RM30 (gasoline with 30% methanol)RM85 (gasoline with 85% methanol)RM100 (100% methanol)RGasoline with metalliferous additivesRDieselDo not mix such fuels with the fuel recom-mended for your vehicle. Do not use addi-tives. Engine failure may otherwise occur.This does not include cleaning additivesfor the removal and prevention of residuebuild-up. Gasoline must only bemixed withcleaning additives recommended by smart(see "Additives"). For further informationinquire at any smart center.

! To ensure the longevity and full perform-ance of the engine, only premium-gradeunleaded gasoline must be used.If standard unleaded gasoline is unavail-able and you have to refuel with unleadedgasoline of a lower grade, observe the fol-lowing precautions:

ROnly fill the fuel tank to half full withregular unleaded gasoline and fill therest with premium-grade unleaded gas-oline as soon as possible.RDo not drive at the maximum speed.RAvoid sudden acceleration and enginespeeds over 3,000 rpm.

You will usually find information about thefuel grade on the pump. If you cannot find thelabel on the pump, ask the staff for assis-tance.

i For further information, consult a quali-fied specialist workshop or on the Internetat http://www.smartusa.com (USA only).

i E10 fuel contains up to 10% bioethanol.Your vehicle is E10-compatible. You canrefuel your vehicle using E10 fuel.

As a temporary measure, if the recommendedfuel is not available, youmay also use regularunleaded gasoline with an octane rating of87 AKI/91 RON. This may reduce engine per-

formance and increase fuel consumption.Avoid driving at full throttle and suddenacceleration. Never refuel using fuel with alower octane rating.Information on refueling (Y page 95).

Additives

! Operating the engine with subsequentlyadded fuel additives can lead to enginedamage. Do not mix any fuel additives withthe fuel. This does not include additivesfor the removal and prevention of residuebuildup. Gasoline must only be mixed withadditives recommended by smart. Complywith the instructions for use on the productlabel. For further information on recom-mended additives, inquire at any smartcenter.

smart recommends that you use fuel brandsthat have additives.The quality of the fuel available in somecountries may not be sufficient. Residuecould build up in the fuel injection system asa result. In this case, in consultation with asmart center, the gasoline may be mixed withthe cleaning additive recommended by smart.You must observe the notes and mixing ratiosspecified on the container.

Fuel consumption information


CO2 (carbon dioxide) is the gas which sci-

entists believe to be principally respon-sible for global warming (the greenhouseeffect). Your vehicle's CO2 emissions are

directly related to fuel consumption andtherefore depend on:

Refficient use of the fuel by the engine

Rdriving style

Rother non-technical factors, such asenvironmental influences, road condi-tions or traffic flow

You can minimize your vehicle's CO2 emis-

sions by driving carefully and having itserviced regularly.


>>Technicaldata.

Z

The vehicle will use more fuel than usual inthe following situations:

Rat very low outside temperaturesRin city trafficRon short journeysRin mountainous terrain

Engine oil

General notes

! Never use engine oil or an oil filter of aspecification other than is necessary tofulfill the prescribed service intervals.Do not change the engine oil or oil filter inorder to achieve longer replacement inter-vals than those prescribed. You could oth-erwise cause engine damage or damage tothe exhaust gas aftertreatment.Follow the instructions in the serviceinterval display regarding the oil change.Otherwise, you may damage the engine andthe exhaust gas aftertreatment.

When handling engine oil, observe the impor-tant safety notes on service products(Y page 199).The engine oils are matched to the perform-ance of smart engines and service intervals.You should therefore only use engine oils andoil filters that are approved for vehicleswith maintenance systems.Consult a smart center to view a list ofapproved engine oils and filters. Or visit thewebsite http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.The table shows which engine oils have beenapproved for your vehicle.

Model MB-Freigabe orMB-Approval

All models 229.51, 229.53

i MB approval is indicated on the oil con-tainers.

Filling capacities

The following values refer to an oil changeincluding the oil filter.

Model Capacity

All models 3.8 US qt (3.4 l)

Additives

! Do not use any additives in the engine oil.This could damage the engine.

Engine oil viscosity

Viscosity describes the flow characteristicsof a fluid. If an engine oil has a high viscos-ity, this means that it is thick; a low viscos-ity means that it is thin.Select an engine oil with an SAE (viscosity)classification suitable for the prevailingoutside temperatures. The table shows youwhich SAE classifications are to be used. Thelow-temperature properties of engine oilscan be significantly impaired during oper-ation due to, for example, aging or soot andfuel accretion. It is therefore strongly rec-ommended that you carry out regular oilchanges using an approved engine oil withthe appropriate SAE classification.

202 Service products and filling capacities>>

Technicaldata.

Brake fluid

When handling brake fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 199).The brake fluid change intervals can be foundin the Maintenance Booklet.Only use brake fluid approved by Mercedes-Benz according to MB Approval 331.0.Information about approved brake fluid canbe obtained at any qualified specialist work-shop or on the Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

i Have the brake fluid regularly replaced ata qualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in the MaintenanceBooklet.

Coolant

General notes

! Only add coolant that has been premixedwith the desired antifreeze protection.You could otherwise damage the engine.Further information on coolants can befound in theMercedes-Benz Specificationsfor Service Products, MB BeVo 310.1, e.g. onthe Internet athttp://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. Or con-tact a qualified specialist workshop.

! Always use a suitable coolant mixture,even in countries where high temperaturesprevail.Otherwise, the engine cooling system is notsufficiently protected from corrosion andoverheating.

i Have the coolant regularly replaced at aqualified specialist workshop and thereplacement confirmed in the MaintenanceBooklet.

Comply with the important safety precautionsfor service products when handling coolant(Y page 199).The coolant is a mixture of water and anti-freeze/corrosion inhibitor. It performs thefollowing tasks:

Rcorrosion protectionRantifreeze protectionRraising the boiling point

If the coolant has antifreeze protection downto -35‡ (-37†), the boiling point of the cool-ant during operation is approximately 266 ‡(130†).

The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concen-tration in the engine cooling system should:

Rbe at least 50%. This will protect the enginecooling system against freezing down toaround -13 ‡ (-25†).Rnot exceed 50% (antifreeze protection downto -35‡ [-37†]). Otherwise, heat will not bedissipated as effectively.

smart recommends an antifreeze/corrosioninhibitor concentrate in accordance with MBSpecifications for Operating Fluids 310.1 or325.6.Antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor concentratein accordance with MB Specifications forOperating Fluids 310.1 and 325.6 can be mixedtogether. An orange discoloration dependingon the mixing ratio does not affect the func-tion.

i When the vehicle is first delivered, it isfilled with a coolant mixture that ensuresadequate antifreeze and corrosion protec-tion.

i The coolant is checked with every main-tenance interval at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Windshield washer system

General notes

! Do not add distilled or de-ionized waterto the washer fluid container. Otherwise,the level sensor may be damaged.

! Only MB SummerFit and MB WinterFitwasher fluid should be mixed together. Thespray nozzles may otherwise becomeblocked.

When handling washer fluid, observe theimportant safety notes on service products(Y page 199).

At temperatures above freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mix-ture of water and windshield washer fluid,e.g. MB SummerFit.

Add 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water.


>>Technicaldata.

Z

At temperatures below freezing:

X Fill the washer fluid reservoir with a mix-ture of water and washer fluid, e.g. MB Win-terFit.The correct mixing ratio can be taken fromthe information on the antifreeze protec-tion container.

i Add windshield washer fluid, e.g. MBSummerFit or MB WinterFit, to the washerfluid all year round.

Climate control system refrigerant


Your vehicle's climate control system is fil-led with R‑134a refrigerant.The instruction label regarding the refrig-erant type used can be found on the left, on theunderside of the hood.

! Only the refrigerant R‑134a and the PAGoil approved by Mercedes-Benz may beused. The approved PAG oil may not bemixed with any other PAG oil that is notapproved for R-134a refrigerant. Other-wise, the climate control system may bedamaged.

Service work, such as topping-up refrigerantor replacing components, may only be carriedout at a qualified specialist workshop. Allapplicable regulations such as the SAE stand-ard J639 must be adhered to.Always have all work on the climate controlsystem carried out at a qualified specialistworkshop.

Refrigerant instruction label

The refrigerant instruction label:

Ris located at the front on the right on thebody frame.Rindicates having service work carried outat a qualified specialist workshop

Vehicle data

General notes

Please note that for the specified vehicledata:

RThe heights specified may vary as a resultof:- Tires- Load- Condition of the suspension- Optional equipmentROptional equipment reduces the maximumpayload.

You can find the correct values for your modelwith the help of the VIN on the vehicle iden-tification plate (Y page 198).

Dimensions and weights

Model :Opening height

All models 73.0 in(1855 mm)

204 Vehicle data>>

Technicaldata.

All models

Vehicle length 106.1 in(2695 mm)

Vehicle widthincluding exteriormirrors

74.5 in(1893 mm)

Vehicle width with-out exterior mir-rors

65.4 in(1663 mm)

Vehicle height 61.2 in(1555 mm)

Wheelbase 73.7 in(1873 mm)

Turning radius 22.8 ft(6.95 m)

Maximum trunk load 165 lb(75.0 kg)

Maximum tailgateload

220 lb(100.0 kg)

Vehicle width excluding exterior mirrors forvehicles equipped with wheel trims 65.8 in(1672 mm).

Vehicle data 205

>>Technicaldata.

Z

>> Operator's Manual · >> Operator's Manual smart fortwo smart fortwo Operator's Manual É4 ......

Documents

Transcript of >> Operator's Manual · >> Operator's Manual smart fortwo smart fortwo Operator's Manual É4 ......